I did the Morning Offering and then got myself ready for the day. Today the Q’uo quote comes from May 23, 2009:

The question this evening has to do with what we would call mental imbalances or distortions. They seem to happen more frequently with wanderers. We have received information before concerning the difficulties wanderers and other-home-density vibrations have in blending with this one, but as time goes on it seems like more people here, of any origin, are having difficulty in mentally balancing the beginning change of the vibrations into the fourth density that approaches with the energies of our current culture. Could you give us information concerning why these imbalances occur? Do they occur more often with wanderers? And what are the spiritual principles behind such mental difficulties?

(Carla channeling)

We are those of the principle known to you as Q’uo. Greetings in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator, in whose service we come to you this evening. Thank you for calling us to join your circle of seeking. We are delighted to share with you our humble opinions on the subject of the increased mental distortions of this particular time in your planet’s evolution.

Before we begin, we would, as always, request of you that you use your powers of discrimination as you listen to or read what we have to say. Take those elements that resonate to you and use them as you will. Please leave those things that do not resonate to you behind. In this way we will be sure of maintaining free will and not infringing upon the natural rhythms of your spiritual process.

Let us begin discussing this interesting subject by talking about the nature of the human animal, shall we say, that combination of mind, body, and spirit that together makes up the human being. Left to itself, your body would have a heedless, instinctual life. However, your body is not left to itself, nor is it intended to be left to itself. In your third density the body is a vehicle which carries mind and spirit in a way that is not seen in first or second density. Your present density is the Density of Choice and your mind, your body, and your spirit are coordinated to live in an environment which fosters the process of becoming able to identify the self as an ethically based being and to make ethically based choices that polarize the self towards the north pole of service to others or the south pole of service to self.

It is an environment designed to shake a complacent person out of his complacency and to challenge his presuppositions. The goal of this is not simply to give the seeking soul a degree of suffering, but to set the stage for that great choice of polarity upon which the next two and a half densities are based and which shall only be refined in fourth, fifth, and sixth densities by further studies in love, in wisdom, and in unity. The work you do here in third density is profound and crucial to your future. This process of deciding who one is, what one believes, how one shall make his choices, and how one shall determine the reason for his being here and his hopes for accomplishment within third density are all those things which are very fruitful to contemplate and those things which we would encourage each of you to ponder, each in your own way.

The question this evening has to do with mental imbalances and distortions. Could you give us information concerning why these imbalances occur? Do they occur more often with wanderers? And what are the spiritual principles behind such mental difficulties? Q’uo began by saying they would begin discussing this subject by talking about the nature of the human animal, that combination of mind, body, and spirit that makes up the human being, and left to itself our body would have an instinctual life, but our body is not left to itself, nor is it intended to be left to itself, so in the third density our body is a vehicle which carries our mind and spirit in a way that is not seen in first or second density, and in our present density of Choice our mind, body, and spirit are coordinated to live in an environment which helps the process of our becoming able to identify the self as morally based being and to make morally based choices that polarize our self towards the north pole of service to others or the south pole of service to self. Q’uo went on to say this is an environment designed to shake a complacent person out of their complacency and to challenge their assumptions, and the goal of this is not to cause us suffering, but to set the stage for that Choice of polarity upon which the next two and a half densities are based, and which shall be refined in fourth, fifth, and sixth densities by further studies in love, wisdom, and unity, so the work we do here in third density is crucial to our future, and this process of deciding who we are, how we shall make our choices, and our hopes for accomplishment within third density are all those things which are fruitful to contemplate, each in our own way. In 76.16, Ra spoke of how the Choice of polarity shall be refined for the next two and a half densities:

Questioner: Third density, then, it appears, is, compared to the rest of the densities, all of them, nothing but a uniquely short period of what we consider to be time and is then for the purpose of this choice.

Is this correct?

Ra: I am Ra. This is precisely correct. The prelude to choice must encompass the laying of the foundation, the establishment of the illusion and the viability of that which can be made spiritually viable. The remainder of the densities is continuous refining of the choice. This also is greatly lengthened, as you would use the term. The choice is, as you put it, the work of a moment but is the axis upon which the creation turns.

As you wend your way through the days of third-density incarnation, you express yourself in a physical sense by what you say and what you do, by how you feel, and how you experience life. On the metaphysical level, on the other hand, you express yourself in an ever-flowing and ever-changing way by virtue of the constant changes within your energy body, as various of your chakras react to those things you are thinking, feeling, and doing. Overall, your vibration may alter greatly from moment to moment and from day to day, depending upon the catalyst which you are experiencing and the amount of difficulty you may have in responding to that catalyst.

However, against the surface of these constant changes within the energy body, there is a deeper vibration which, shall we say, takes the average of your vibratory range in each chakra and creates a basic vibration which is your signature in time/space. We have often noted through this instrument that we would never need to know your names, for we have your identity clearly offered in the vibrations and colorations of your energy body, which are as distinct to us as any fingerprint is to a criminologist. In a way, it could well be said that spiritual evolution consists of reducing the difference between your basic vibration and the vibration of the one infinite Creator, whose nature and vibration is unconditional and absolute love. This journey is taken by each seeker through all of the densities of your octave as he walks, in his own peculiar way, as the one known as Kris said.

Then Q’uo said as we make our way through the days of third-density, we express our self in a physical sense by what we say, what we do, and how we experience life, but on the metaphysical level we express our self in an ever-changing way by virtue of the constant changes within our energy body, as various of our chakras react to those things we are thinking, and doing, so our vibration may alter greatly from moment to moment and from day to day, depending upon the catalyst which we are experiencing and the amount of difficulty we have in responding to that catalyst. Q’uo went on to say against the surface of these changes within our energy body, there is a deeper vibration which takes the average of our vibratory range in each chakra and creates a basic vibration which is our signature in time/space, and Q’uo has often noted through Carla that they would never need to know our names, for they have our identity clearly revealed in the vibrations of our energy body, which are as distinct to them as any fingerprint is to a criminologist, so it could be said that spiritual evolution consists of reducing the difference between our basic vibration and the vibration of the one infinite Creator, whose nature and vibration is unconditional Love, and this journey is taken by each seeker through all of the densities of our octave as they walk in their unique way. On May 7, 2006, Q’uo gave the basic definition of our energy body:

This being said, your basic health is like a default setting. If you were born with radiant health, then that is your factory setting—that is how you came from the manufacturer. Your light body, your energy body, or your chakra system copies that group of settings before birth as part of the integration process of soul or spirit and physical vehicle or body. The memory of that default setting, which is health, radiant and unblemished, is retained by every cell in your body and by every iota of energy in your energy body.

In general, when there is a movement away from perfect balance in any part of the energy body, the key word in looking for cause is fear. There has been a contraction away from the relaxed and peaceful default setting of the emotional and mental part of your physical vehicle. That contraction has pulled some part of your energy body into imbalance. That contraction was in one way or another caused by the faculty of fear.

If you see the perfect body and wellness itself as a state of love, then you will see that fear is a choice which turns one away from the face of love. Therefore, the choice for healing is a choice to lose fear and choose love. Because it is sometimes difficult to drop all fear, healers exist which work with the energy body rather than the physical body. What they do is to offer to the entity who seeks healing the opportunity in a neutral atmosphere to drop fear and choose love.

The vibration of the one infinite Creator is the starting and the ending, not only for an entity within an incarnation but for the entity within the entire range of the octave of experience. Through the many densities, through all of the lessons of each density, and through the countless experiences which together create your personal biases and distortions, you seek endlessly to return to that vibration which is your home, your nature, your origin, and your ending. It is a thirst and a craving within the very depths of your nature, deeper than your thoughts, more intimate to you than all of the trappings of culture, language, and learning that ripple the surface of your waters as you move through the ocean of life. This one original Thought is a touchstone which can be experienced in each density. However, the experience of this Logos comes up into conscious awareness from the roots of consciousness that are placed within the environment of your density in such a way as to enable you to represent and identify Love and the vibration of that unconditionally compassionate Logos.

When an entity has wandered into third density from another density because it wishes to serve at the time of harvest, as so many among your people have chosen to do, echoes and shadows of the home density are retained within the third-density incarnational self. An example of how this works would be that an entity from one environment who has many adventures moves to a completely foreign environment and has amnesia. Over a period of years that person becomes used to the new environment and even creates for herself a feeling of belonging, a feeling of rightness. Yet there is retained within unconscious parts of the self a hidden but stubborn awareness that there is a different way, an alternate way to be and to conceive of life.

Now Q’uo said the vibration of the one infinite Creator is the starting and the ending, not only for an entity within an incarnation but for the entity within the range of the octave of experience, and through the lessons of each density, and through the experiences which create our distortions, we seek to return to that vibration which is our home, our nature, and our ending since it is a craving within the depths of our nature, deeper than our thoughts, more intimate than all of the trappings of language and learning that ripple the surface of our waters as we move through the ocean of life, and this one original Thought is a touchstone which can be experienced in each density, but the experience of this Logos comes up into conscious awareness from the roots of consciousness that are placed within the environment of our density in such a way as to enable us to identify Love and the vibration of that unconditionally compassionate Logos. Then Q’uo said when we have wandered into third density from another density because we wish to serve at the time of harvest, as many among our people have chosen to do, echoes of the home density are retained within our third-density self, and an example of how this works would be that an entity from one environment who has many adventures moves to a foreign environment and has amnesia, so over a period of years we become used to the new environment and create for our self a feeling of belonging, yet there is within the unconscious parts of our self a hidden awareness that there is an alternate way to be and to conceive of life. On September 22, 2009, Q’uo spoke of one of the functions of our roots of consciousness:

The energies of Love and Light that we have discussed previously that are so richly filled in silence are those energies of a very deep nature, communicating with the roots of consciousness within you, that consciousness that you share with all that is. Within this consciousness lie energies that are as rivers, lakes, and oceans. You tap into them with your emotions thusly. As you go through your day, if there is little emotion felt then you do not impress or call these deep-flowing waters upward into the conscious mind.

However, my brother, it is rare that there is a day in which there are not those emotional responses to catalyst that do reach an intensity that calls to those archetypal waters in the roots of mind. The response to those emotions and events felt and seen in your day build up until, within your sleeping time, there is that response from deep within you which is called a dream.

Dreams are gifts of spirit. When one’s emotions are muddied, the dreams may well also be muddied and shallow. However, when one is on a spiritual path and has developed practices such as you have developed, the events of each day have a tendency to become more lucid and to reach down with a refined emotional energy so that the messages within dreams can bubble up in a clearer and more lucid fashion into your conscious mind.

In a way, moving into third-density incarnation is a type of amnesia, in that the veil of forgetting drops, so that one is veiled from his memories of who he is and why he came here to this interesting but somewhat difficult place called Planet Earth in third density. This overlay of memory can indeed create within the incarnation of the wanderer a heightened tendency towards an inability to cope well with the surrounding environment of Planet Earth. In some cases there is even a conscious awareness that “This is not my home; this is not the place from which I sprung.” And that feeling of being isolated in a strange land can create a lot of fear and contraction. The self becomes defended in order to survive. Adjustments are made which enable the entity to survive, to some extent, within the surrounding milieu of earthly life. And yet, in order to survive, the focus has been narrowed, the defenses have thickened and hardened, and there is that tendency to create a self-generated reality within which the entity can actually survive, or feels that he can survive.

This increase in distortion sometimes means that for the wanderer there is a heightened difficulty in remaining undefended and keeping the energy body open and flowing. This is a self-perpetuating distortion in that the more the energy body is contracted in fear and defended against the feelings of things not being right, the less energy is able to move through the lower chakras of the energy body into the heart, and the less able the entity is to cope with these feelings. So, as life moves forward and the incarnation ripens, there is a natural tendency for this self to become more rather than less distorted, more rather than less defended, and less rather than more able to make use of the environment of this Density of Choice.

Q’uo went on to say moving into third-density incarnation is a type of amnesia, in that the veil of forgetting drops, so that we are veiled from our memories of who we are and why we came to this difficult place called Earth in third density, and this overlay of memory can create within the incarnation of a wanderer a tendency towards an inability to cope with the environment of Earth, and in some cases there is even an awareness that “This is not my home; this is not the place from which I sprung,” and that feeling of being isolated in a strange land can create a lot of fear and contraction, so our self becomes defended in order to survive, and adjustments are made which enable us to survive within the vibrations of Earthly life, but in order to survive the focus has been narrowed, and the defenses have hardened, and there is that tendency to create a self-generated reality within which feel that we can survive. Q’uo continued by saying this increase in distortion means that for the wanderer there is a heightened difficulty in remaining undefended and keeping our energy body open, and this is a self-perpetuating distortion in that the more our energy body is contracted in fear and defended against the feelings of things not being right, the less energy is able to move through the lower chakras of our energy body into our heart, and the less we are able to cope with these feelings, so as our life moves forward and ripens, there is a tendency for our self to become more rather than less distorted, more rather than less defended, and less rather than more able to make use of the environment of this density of Choice. In 12.30, Ra spoke of the problems that many wanderers have:

Questioner: I just had a thought. Do any of these Wanderers have physical ailments in this Earth situation?

Ra: I am Ra. Due to the extreme variance between the vibratory distortions of third density and those of the more dense densities, if you will, Wanderers have as a general rule some form of handicap, difficulty, or feeling of alienation which is severe. The most common of these difficulties are alienation, the reaction against the planetary vibration by personality disorders, as you would call them, and body complex ailments indicating difficulty in adjustment to the planetary vibrations such as allergies, as you would call them.

Our hope in speaking concerning wanderers and their difficulties is not to excuse wanderers or to justify difficulties which wanderers experience. Rather, our hope is to bring wanderers to a state of remembrance. The key to becoming unafraid and undefended is the memory of why the decision was made, in good faith and with a happy heart, to come among those of third density at this time. The decision was made in an atmosphere of absolute compassion and the high-minded and altogether whole-hearted determination to be part of the good of that third density for those approaching harvest at this time. There was in fact competition for opportunities to incarnate and each of those who considers himself to be a wanderer can be sure that his was no idle decision but the result of deep thought and absolute surety.

We would not know what specific words might trigger that initial memory, for it too is behind the veil. Yet there is always a moment of crystalline awareness, a time of lucidity that comes to those who ask to become more aware of their deeper thoughts and their deeper nature. And we do encourage those of you who perceive themselves in these words to turn in faith and trust to their deeper selves and to their guidance and to set the intention to become more fully aware of the guiding motivation which moved you into service in this particular way at this particular time. When one is dealing with a great deal of catalyst and finds difficulties dealing with the environment surrounding him, it is extremely helpful to find this key awareness, this centerpiece of surety. When your experience is that of suffering, it is very helpful to be able to set that suffering in the context of a life of service. And although it does not substantially affect your overall vibration to experience these difficulties, it does tremendously alter the surface experience within your day-to-day life, so that you are far more able to smile and give thanks for the challenges of your incarnation as well as the perceived blessings.

Q’uo continued by saying their hope in speaking concerning wanderers and their difficulties is not to excuse wanderers or to justify difficulties which wanderers experience, but their hope is to bring wanderers to a state of remembrance, and the key to becoming undefended is the memory of why we made the decision to come among those of third density at this time, so we made the decision in an atmosphere of compassion and the high-minded determination to be part of the good of third density for those approaching harvest at this time, and there was competition for opportunities to incarnate, and each of those who considers themself to be a wanderer can be sure that this was no idle decision but the result of deep thought. Q’uo went on to say they would not know what words might trigger that memory, for it is behind the veil, yet there is always a moment of crystalline awareness that comes to those of us who ask to become aware of our deeper thoughts and nature, and they encouraged those us who perceive ourselves in these words to turn in faith and trust our deeper selves and our guidance, and to set our intention to become aware of the guiding motivation which moved us into service in this way at this time, so when we are dealing with catalyst and find difficulties dealing with the environment surrounding us, it is helpful to find this centerpiece of surety, and when our experience is that of suffering, it is helpful to be able to see that suffering in the context of a life of service, and although it does not affect our vibration to experience these difficulties, it does alter the surface experience within our day-to-day life, so that we are more able to give thanks for the challenges of our incarnation as well as the blessings. On September 5, 2010, Carla spoke of our guidance system that helped us choose to move into service at this time:

We’re most emphatically not on our own. We have our guidance system, and that includes at least three angels, your higher self, and any additional angels that you have attracted to yourself because of your work or the polarity of your basic vibration. And you can have dozens of angels around you.

A lot of people in my Christian tradition also find they have affinities to saints, and you can ask the saints to come along with you and be a part of your guidance system.

In this wise also, it is to be noted that when you are as close to the onset of your planet’s fourth-density activation as you are, there is an increasing amount of a kind of catalyst that is the reverse of the difficulties one has as a wanderer. And we feel that this increasing interpenetration of third-density light by fourth-density light has created for all of those upon Planet Earth, natives and wanderers alike, an ever-increasing sensitivity to issues of truth and clarity. The progress for each seeker is, in a way, the progress of one who knows himself better and better. Within third-density life as it has been experienced upon your planet for many millennia there has been third-density light that shone, both physically and metaphysically, and helped you to work towards making your choice of polarity and then maintaining that polarity and increasing that polarity. Ever since perhaps forty of your years ago that situation has gradually changed and it has made things more difficult for third-density entities upon your planet. Your planet comes closer and closer to that time when fourth density shall be the active density and third-density light shall be exhausted.

We are not saying that the sunshine will go away. This instrument was speaking earlier today with those who thought that perhaps on the winter solstice in 2012 the third-density experience would blink out and there would no longer be a third density. We, however, do not suggest that this is the case. We would suggest that the case is that the Light that created the spiritual or metaphysical atmosphere of third density in such and such a way shall be exhausted, and that the Light that is striking your third-density energy bodies shall be a Light of fourth density which you, as a third-density entity, are not wired to be able to grasp without significant distortion. As this instrument has experienced this change, it has been a matter of being completely unable to avoid looking at each and every part of the universal personality which this instrument has which has not yet been integrated into the heart, the mind, and the basic beingness of the surface personality.

Q’uo said it is to be noted that when we are as close to the onset of our planet’s fourth-density activation as we are, there is catalyst that is the reverse of the difficulties we have as a wanderer, and Q’uo felt that this interpenetration of third-density Light by fourth-density Light has created for all of those upon Earth, natives and wanderers alike, a sensitivity to issues of truth and clarity, so the progress for each of us is the progress of knowing our self better , and within third-density life, as it has been experienced upon our planet for many millennia, there has been third-density Light that shone, both physically and metaphysically, and helped  us to work towards making our choice of polarity and then increasing that polarity, and ever since forty years ago that situation has changed, and it has made things more difficult for third-density entities upon our planet, and as our planet comes closer to that time when fourth density shall be the active density, and third-density Light shall be exhausted. Now Q’uo said they are not saying that the sunshine will go away, so Carla was speaking earlier today with those who thought that perhaps on the winter solstice in 2012 there would no longer be a third density, but Q’uo does not suggest that this is the case, so they would suggest that the case is that the Light that created the spiritual atmosphere of third density in such and such a way shall be exhausted, and that the Light that is striking our third-density energy bodies shall be a Light of fourth density which we are not wired to be able to grasp without significant distortion, and as Carla has experienced this change it has been a matter of being unable to avoid looking at every part of the universal personality which she has which has not yet been integrated into the heart, the mind, and the beingness of the surface personality. On January 3, 1999, Q’uo described our universal personality:

For, indeed, that feeling that one cannot do enough is permanent within your illusion. It will recur for the reason that one cannot achieve the perfect behavior in one’s own eyes. One cannot ever fully be satisfied that enough is enough. And so, one is left with the awareness that one has this tone or chord of tones within one, but that it too has its place in the universal personality that is the self, that one is capable of comforting the self after all that has been done is done with the pain that remains. One can forgive oneself for being human. One can forgive oneself for not being able to sacrifice the self to the point of death. One can acknowledge, when faced with this catalyst, that the best one could do is not the best, but that is all right. That is as it should be. That is part of the perfection that is hidden within this sea of confusion.

When one has finished rocking and hugging and loving this imperfect being that wants so much to serve, then one can send that child within with a lighter heart by suggesting to the self within that uplifting of the self from the worry of the close view, that one can, by will, step back from the situation and from the emotions to a perspective that takes less into account the foreground of the present happenings and brings into sharper relief the basic principles involved.

It is not unusual that there would be aspects of the shadow side of a personality which have evaded notice. The reason is simple. For most of those focused upon the positive path of polarity there is no desire to investigate carefully or deeply the aspects of the personality that are the robber, the murderer, the adulterer, the envier, the one eaten with greed for what he does not have, the debaser, the one who wishes only to destroy. These are all aspects of the universal self. Each entity has them, and the mark of a truly spiritually mature entity within incarnation is that he has faced his shadow side, has embraced it, has forgiven it, and has asked it to work toward the good. We would suggest that each entity has found it less and less possible to avoid facing those issues in life with which he has hitherto not had to deal.

The problem, one may say, or the challenge of the situation is that these awarenesses come in ways that cannot be absorbed straightaway by the energy body. Rather, there is a sensation of harshness, as if these new awarenesses were too harsh to bear. There is a lack of ability with third-density wiring, shall we say, to experience fourth density in an entirely comfortable way. Consequently, there is this sensation of abruptness, of a lack of grace about these new awarenesses. They seem to offer to the self hard knowledge that seems almost impossible to bear. For this reason there are no entities now being born into your Earth world that are equipped only with third-density wiring. Those who are moving into incarnation upon your planet at this time have the dual wiring of third density and fourth density. And so, they have the roots of consciousness and all of the delivery systems of deep awareness coming into conscious awareness that are native to both densities. And therefore, those younger entities among you are able to use the Light in a far more efficient fashion. And yet, because of the increased clarity of fourth-density Light and its increased ability to hold information, these same younger entities often express themselves as those who indeed do have difficulty in connecting with third-density’s common reality.

Now Q’uo said it is not unusual that there would be aspects of the shadow side of a personality which have evaded notice, for most of us focused upon the positive path of polarity there is no desire to investigate the aspects of our personality that are the robber, the murderer, or the one who wishes only to destroy because these are all aspects of the universal self, and each of us has them, and the mark of a spiritually mature entity within incarnation is that they have embraced their shadow side, has forgiven it, and has asked it to work toward the good, so Q’uo suggested that each of us has found it less possible to avoid facing those issues in life with which we have not had to deal. Q’uo went on to say the challenge of the situation is that these awarenesses come in ways that cannot be absorbed easily by our energy body since there is a feeling of harshness, as if these new awarenesses were too harsh to bear, and there is a lack of ability with third-density wiring to experience fourth density in a comfortable way, so there is this sensation of a lack of grace about these new awarenesses, and they seem to offer us hard knowledge that seems impossible to bear, for this reason there are no entities being born into our Earth world that are equipped only with third-density wiring, and those who are moving into incarnation upon our planet at this time have the dual wiring of third density and fourth density, so they have the roots of consciousness and all of the delivery systems of deep awareness coming into conscious awareness that are native to both densities, and those younger entities among us are able to use the Light in a more efficient fashion, yet because of the increased clarity of fourth-density Light and its increased ability to hold information, these younger entities often express themselves as those who have difficulty in connecting with third-density’s common reality. On January 10, 2009, Q’uo described the value of the shadow side for us:

We are suggesting that it is helpful to view the shadow side of the self as the offerer of temptation. We are not suggesting you separate from the shadow side. We are simply suggesting that rather than separating the light part of the self from the dark part, or the higher desires of the self from the lower desires, it is helpful to see that together these two sides of self create a whole. Together the dynamic between light and dark creates that wonderfully unique entity that you are.

In suggesting that you view the desires of the shadow side as distraction and insidious voices, we are attempting to give you a viewpoint which partakes of fearlessness and non-judgment as regards the worth of lower desires, so called. For every shadow energy can, through the application of compassion and unconditional acceptance, be refined to become a wonderful, powerful part of the self which supports the Light.

By giving the action of the shadow side that is upon the surface, that comes to you as temptation, the respect of refusing to stop seeing it as temptation, you gradually are able to reach out to the shadow side and ask it for its help. However, in order to leave the surface of the shadow desires, these insidious voices, and to plunge deeply beneath that surface energy which partakes of judgment, you are honoring those energies and asking them to move into a more purified state.

In short, we may say that this is a very challenging, although a very fruitful, time for those of you now incarnate upon Planet Earth. You have an unique opportunity at this time of cusp for the planet itself to offer within your very being a location and a place that is love. We ask you to be compassionate, both upon yourself and upon those about you, at this time. Spiritually speaking, this is not a time that offers the easy, the comfortable, the pretty ways of experiencing your sacred nature. Those times may indeed come. For that world in which you find yourself, that gift of first and second density, overflows with beauty and comfort. And all within the natural world is in a state of love for you, just as the very bones of your body, in their instinctual life, have an answering and overwhelming love for the environment without it and like nothing better than to dance in rhythm with all of creation. Indeed, the world which is more than human lies all about you as a vast and largely untapped resource for those who wish to regain their balance and to lessen their distortions. We greatly recommend immersion in this world of nature.

Another resource for those who wish to increase their stability within this challenging psychic atmosphere is the help and consolation of the guidance system that you have about you. You have your higher self, in whatever way you wish to conceive of that entity, which is your highest and best self and to which you have access simply by asking. You have angelic help. And for wanderers, there is also the aid of the social memory complex from which you came. All of these loving and caring allies are as close to you as your next thought. And it is the wise seeker who disciplines himself to turn in thought to thanksgiving for this help and to the asking of it, for it is truly said that it is to those who ask that response is given. Therefore, enter the silence, my friends, and ask.

Then Q’uo said this is a challenging, although a very fruitful, time for those of us now incarnate upon Earth, and we have an unique opportunity at this time of transition for the planet to offer within our being a place that is love, and Q’uo asked us to be compassionate towards our self and those about us, so  spiritually speaking, this is not a time that offers the easy ways of experiencing our sacred nature, but those times may come, for that world in which we find our self, that gift of first and second density, overflows with beauty and comfort, and all within the natural world is in a state of love for us, just as the bones of our body, in their instinctual life, have an overwhelming love for the environment around then and like nothing better than to dance in rhythm with all of creation, so the world which is more than human lies all about us as a vast and untapped resource for those who wish to regain their balance and to lessen their distortions, so Q’uo recommended our immersion in this world of nature. Now Q’uo said another resource for those of us who wish to increase our stability within this challenging psychic atmosphere is the help and consolation of the guidance system that we have about us, so we have our higher self which is our highest and best self, and which we have access to by asking, and we have angelic help, and for wanderers, there is also the aid of the social memory complex from which we came, so all of these loving allies are as close to us as our next thought, so it is the wise seeker who disciplines the self to turn in thought to thanksgiving for this help and to the asking of it, for it is truly said that it is to those who ask that response is given, so enter the silence and ask. On September 22, 2009, Q’uo spoke of the nature of our guidance system:

The foundation of each seeker’s guidance system is his own higher self, that self who, in mid-sixth density, has experienced all that is desired. When that entity realizes fully that he shall no longer desire or seek to fulfill desires, but instead turn towards the call of the infinite Creator to rejoin It fully, it turns one last time to what you would see as the past and creates a thought form that contains all of the harvest of that which he has learned throughout all of his incarnations in all densities through the sixth.

This thought form he leaves with the developing entity wherever it is, in whatever incarnation it is experiencing, so that at any time he may call upon his highest and best self and ask how to evaluate things and whatever other advice he deems needed.

This higher self is joined by at least three angelic entities. This instrument calls two of these angelic entities the Holy Spirit in the male and female aspect. Others consider the angelic entities to be gurus or literally angels. Some entities who are seeking to serve the Light collect about them as many as a dozen angelic presences or more, all of whom wish to support and encourage that service to the Light which the seeker has undertaken within incarnation.

Beyond all that we have said, however, we return to that of which we spoke at the beginning of this discourse. The spiritual journey is one in which you seek to lessen the differences between your vibration and the vibration of unconditional Love. Beyond the “wheres” and “whys” there is Love. And truly you do understand what Love is. Therefore, seek Love. Open yourself to Love. Let yourself be loved. And in the end, allow yourself to drop away those things which are not expressing Love, not asking for changes but allowing change when it happens.

My friends, as you go deeper into your natures do not be afraid of what you shall find. All of those artifacts of the human personality are merely the surface flower of that seed which is unconditional Love. As you move toward that seed, move fearlessly. For you shall not be appalled when you penetrate that which the one known as Jim called the meniscus of life. The deeper you go into your personality, the less personal it shall become, and the more loving.

So Q’uo said they would return to that of which they spoke at the beginning of this discussion, that the spiritual journey is one in which we seek to lessen the differences between our vibration and the vibration of unconditional Love, and beyond the “wheres” and “whys” there is Love, and we understand what Love is, so we must open our self to Love, and let our self be loved, and in the end, allow our self to drop away those things which are not expressing Love, not asking for changes but allowing change when it happens. Now Q’uo said as we go deeper into our natures, we must not be afraid of what we shall find because all of those artifacts of the human personality are merely the surface flower of that seed which is unconditional Love, and as we move toward that seed, move fearlessly, for we shall not be appalled when  we penetrate that which Jim called the surface of life, and the deeper we go into our personality, the less personal it shall become, and the more loving. On August 3, 1997, Q’uo spoke of the nature of unconditional Love:

The great quest for this “pearl of great price” is that quest which, for most, encompasses the entire life, for to open the heart in unconditional Love to those about one is a task difficult enough that it eludes and confuses most. For it is far, far too easy and tempting to take offense, to give offense, to be confused, and to move through the incarnation on unsteady metaphysical feet. However, when one has been privileged to taste that unconditional Love moving to and from one’s own heart, then the blessings of this experience tend to open for one the next step, and the next, and the next so that the opportunity to share this Love is ever present. This Love has a power unto itself that is like no other. It draws to one who expresses it those experiences and those entities which are in need of the service of unconditional Love. Worry not, my brother, about what you shall do, for it is set before you, and it shall be yours.

We would at this time ask if there is a follow-up to this query. We are those of Q’uo.

[Side one of tape ends.]

G: I don’t think there is a follow-up to the main question. I’ll ask quickly if it would disturb the energies if I walk just to the printer to retrieve the questions that I have printed up from readers abroad?

(Carla channeling)

We are those of Q’uo. My brother, it is gracious of you to ask and we shall swirl about you as you make your journey. We are those of Q’uo.

[Pause]

We are those of Q’uo, and would ask if there is another query at this time.

G: J from California asks, “Does it serve the highest good for a service-to-others entity to pray for a successful harvest for the service-to-self population?”

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my sister. The heart of prayer is the setting of desire into a formulated intention, and my sister, if this is your desire and it is that which you feel moved to do, then we encourage you to pray as you feel. In effect, to make the prayer universal it would not be necessary to specify the polarity as being service-to-others or service-to-self, but simply to pray that for the well of indifference there be substituted the ability to find one’s heart’s desire and to polarize towards it. Whether that is service to self or service to others, it would increase the harvest.

May we ask if there is another query at this time? We are those of Q’uo.

G: M writes, “It is understood that the veil of forgetting is necessary in order to make the free will choice to polarize to the positive. Yet as a wanderer who has made this choice in the past, I observe that the veil persists within myself. According to my reading of your words, the veil persists within myself because if it were to be removed, it may infringe upon the free will of others who have not yet polarized. Yet I do not understand why this is the case. It would seem to me that it is possible for me to be fully conscious of both third density and fourth density simultaneously without infringing upon the will of others who choose to remain unconscious of fourth density. Please explain why the removal of the veil in one who is polarized would infringe upon the free will of one who is not yet polarized.”

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. My brother, it would not infringe upon the free will of another self for you to become fully aware of both third-density awareness and the lack of the veil which is characteristic of fourth-density awareness. Rather, it would infringe upon the free will of yourself. You are a certain creature, my brother. It is an excellent creature. You chose to come into third density with its veil of forgetting, specifically because in matters of metaphysical and ethical choice it would throw you completely upon your own assets of faith, hope, and charity. You did not come into third density in order to overcome third density. You came into third density to dwell within this illusion and to serve the one infinite Creator.

Have you had to claw your way into an increased awareness of what lies beyond the veil? We think not. We believe that the moments in which you have penetrated the veil are many, and they are to be appreciated. Nevertheless, my brother, were you to dwell without effort beyond the veil of forgetting within third density, you would immediately obviate the advantages of living by faith alone. When you choose within this veil of forgetting to turn towards love, to live love, and to be love, you have done so against resistance. And in meeting and working with this resistance, you have tempered your soul and have done the work which you came to do.

Thusly, my brother, we would say that it is not a matter of infringing upon the free will of another that keeps you from being able to dwell in third and fourth densities simultaneously. Rather it is the nature of third density that it takes an effort of will, of memory, of desire and of spiritual maturity to live by fourth-density values and to act as if there was no veil. Each time that you act in faith to enlarge love and to be its witness and its messenger, you lighten the consciousness of the planet as a whole. And it was for this that you came, my brother. We thank the one known as M for this query and appreciate the energies which provoked the question.

May we ask if there is a final query at this time? We are those of Q’uo.

G: There is one from C who says, “I am engaged in creating biodegradable coffins to give people the natural alternative for burial. I would like to know if this work that I am doing is helpful to the overall effort of our collective spiritual evolution. Please offer any thoughts which do not infringe on my free will and discuss any spiritual principles that may help me to think about this.”

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my sister. When actions are accomplished within your Earth world, they have their surface aspects and those more subtle aspects which are involved in your motivations for and hopes for acting in such and such a way. While the surface aspects of your query do not lend themselves to spiritual import, since it is a matter of a physical vehicle moving towards the dust from which it came, regardless of how it is housed, nevertheless there are substantial benefits which have to do with the motivations for making this product available. The motivation, we feel, was the desire to express the unity of all things and no more central spiritual principle can be involved in a decision to act upon your planet. The creation of biodegradable houses for the dead creates the inference that it is well to return to the dust in a complete and utter way, not defended against the natural processes of disintegration of the body, but embracing them. Consequently, this action, as this product is made available, is one which invokes the awareness that all is one and that all is love.

We, therefore, praise this motivation and the spiritual principles underlying the decision to create this product, my sister, and feel that your creativity in bringing a sacredness to those aspects of life which are not seen to be sacred in the common run is an excellent way of showing love to the world about you and expressing your awareness of the unity of all.

This energy of this group wanes and it is time to take our leave of you. We would thank you with all of our hearts for creating this moment of silence and seeking of the truth. It has been a privilege for us to exercise our service by sharing our thoughts with you and we thank you for this opportunity. We leave this instrument and this group rejoicing and giving thanks. We leave you in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator. We are known to you as the principle of Q’uo. Adonai, my friends. Adonai vasu, borragus.

This morning I ran a couple of errands with my first stop being at Paul’s Fruit Market to buy some food for myself. The second stop was a Walgreens’ Drug Store to pick up some Tylenol and some boxes of Kleenexes.

This afternoon I ran more errands with my first stop being at Thieneman’s Nursery to buy three flats of Begonias in various colors. My second stop was at Walgreen’s Drug Store to drop of a prescription that I forgot on my first errand run.

From A Book of Days, channeled by Carla L. Rueckert:

May 16

Go Abroad In Happiness

I am of the principle of Jesus the Christ, and I greet you in the full consciousness of Love.

Be it known that happiness is not necessarily a burden.

We say this because we find this instrument, this morning, bemoaning the awkwardness of a happy spirit which does not seem to produce the fruits that an unhappy spirit produces.

The Spirit is with each always, not only in times of trouble but also in times of rejoicing. It is the soul’s difficulty that in times of happiness it is far easier to become oblivious to the wants and needs of the spirit within. The spirit within would always be giving. And, indeed, the happy soul is often content to stay at home amidst the accoutrements of living which have produced such contentment.

Therefore, go abroad in happiness, sensitive as always to the winds that blow from the spirit saying, “Come hither! Touch, feel and sense the Spirit at work in and through each soul!”

We hope we leave you in a state of readiness; readiness to turn outward to others and inward to God. In that balance lies peace, now and forever. Amen

I said the prayer at the Gaia Meditation tonight:

We come in the name of love and open our hearts, minds, and souls to send love, light, and healing energy to Mother Earth as she brings forth a new Earth in the fourth density. We ask that the infinite love, light, and healing energy of the One Infinite Creator heal the hearts of all souls in pain on Earth tonight. May all souls on Earth feel our love, light, and healing energy in their hearts, their minds, and their souls. Amen.

I did the Morning Offering and then got myself ready for the day. Today the Q’uo quote comes from May 9, 2009:

The question this evening, Q’uo, has to do with the concept of the spiritual seeker. At the beginning of the journey, he feels that it should get easier as it goes on, but as he goes on more and more of the journey, it seems as though it gets harder. Maybe that’s the same principle as exercising the muscles—you have to lift heavier weights to get stronger muscles. We’re thinking that perhaps that’s the way it is metaphysically as well. We would like you to speak to this concept, to let us know if indeed it does get harder and if that is why, as we go further along the journey, it seems as though maybe we’re not really getting very far, we haven’t done so much. And does this principle, if it is true, hold true more for wanderers than others? Is it more applicable to those who have come from elsewhere to be of service to those of Planet Earth at this harvest?

(Carla channeling)

We are those known to you as the principle of Q’uo. Greetings in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator, in whose name we serve and in whose service we come to you this evening to speak with you concerning the spiritual path. It is our privilege to be called to your circle of seeking and we are happy to share our humble thoughts with you. Firstly, however, we would ask a favor of you. We would ask that as you listen to these words you use your discrimination and your discernment, taking hold of those ideas that resonate to you and leaving the rest behind. We greatly appreciate your doing this, for it gives us the freedom to share our thoughts without being concerned that we could interfere with your process or be a stumbling block before you. We thank you for this consideration.

Well is it called a spiritual path, for there is indeed a journey that begins when a seeker awakens from the dream of Earth to realize how very much deeper and wider and richer the Creation is than he was taught by his culture. It is as though an alarm has gone off and he starts from his slumbers. It’s a rude awakening sometimes and, once awakened, the seeker cannot go back to sleep. This is a great blessing. Yet there are times when it does not seem so. You have asked if a seeker’s path becomes more difficult as the seeker becomes more spiritually mature. And you have likened the situation to the athlete who wishes to become stronger and therefore must add weight to his repetitions in order to see a continued strengthening of the muscles. My brother, we would respond by saying that it often seems as though the weights which you are lifting become heavier. Yet the analogy does not hold, at least not precisely. And to look at how this perceived increased difficulty works in a seeker’s life, we need to fill in some background.

Before this incarnation each of you planned what the shape and the direction of the incarnation would be. You and your guidance system gazed at your soul stream and its balances of power, love, and wisdom, and you devised an incarnation with themes or incarnational lessons, if you will, using the metaphor of the School of Earth being one which distills and refines souls. You chose relationships that would challenge you and support you. And, looking at your incarnational themes, you devised situations which were rich in catalyst. Redundancy was built into this plan. You prepared yourself with far more relationships than you would need, just to be sure that, if you kept backing away from a situation that involved an incarnational lesson, you would never run out of replacement situations that would sound the same theme and bring forward the same opportunities to adjust the balances of love, power, and wisdom within your energy body.

The group question was: “At the beginning of the journey, he feels that it should get easier as it goes on, but as he goes on more and more of the journey, it seems as though it gets harder. Maybe that’s the same principle as exercising the muscles—you have to lift heavier weights to get stronger muscles. We’re thinking that perhaps that’s the way it is metaphysically as well.” Q’uo began by saying well is it called a spiritual path, for there is a journey that begins when we awaken from the dream of Earth to realize how deeper, wider, and richer the Creation is than we were taught by our culture, and it is as though an alarm has gone off as we awaken from our sleep, and it’s a rude awakening and, once awakened, we cannot go back to sleep, so this is a blessing, yet there are times when it does not seem so, and we have asked if a seeker’s path becomes more difficult as the seeker becomes more spiritually mature, and we have likened the situation to the athlete who wishes to become stronger and must add weight to his repetitions in order to see a continued strengthening of the muscles, so Q’uo said that it seems as though the weights which we are lifting become heavier, but the analogy does not hold, and to look at how this perceived increased difficulty works in our life they need to fill in some background. Q’uo went on to say before this incarnation each of us planned what the shape and direction of the incarnation would be, and we and our guidance system gazed at our soul stream and its balances of power, love, and wisdom, and we devised an incarnation with incarnational lessons using the metaphor of the School of Earth being one which refines souls, so we chose relationships that would challenge and support us, and looking at our incarnational lessons we devised situations which were rich in catalyst, and we prepared ourself with more relationships than we would need to be sure that, if we kept backing away from a situation that involved an incarnational lesson, we would never run out of replacement situations that would bring forward the same opportunities to adjust the balances of love, power, and wisdom within our energy body. On May 7, 2006, Q’uo gave the basic definition of our energy body:

This being said, your basic health is like a default setting. If you were born with radiant health, then that is your factory setting—that is how you came from the manufacturer. Your light body, your energy body, or your chakra system copies that group of settings before birth as part of the integration process of soul or spirit and physical vehicle or body. The memory of that default setting, which is health, radiant and unblemished, is retained by every cell in your body and by every iota of energy in your energy body.

In general, when there is a movement away from perfect balance in any part of the energy body, the key word in looking for cause is fear. There has been a contraction away from the relaxed and peaceful default setting of the emotional and mental part of your physical vehicle. That contraction has pulled some part of your energy body into imbalance. That contraction was in one way or another caused by the faculty of fear.

If you see the perfect body and wellness itself as a state of love, then you will see that fear is a choice which turns one away from the face of love. Therefore, the choice for healing is a choice to lose fear and choose love. Because it is sometimes difficult to drop all fear, healers exist which work with the energy body rather than the physical body. What they do is to offer to the entity who seeks healing the opportunity in a neutral atmosphere to drop fear and choose love.

Consequently, when you awakened as a seeker, you began to be aware of the repetitive nature of these themes. You saw that the lesson that you had put before yourself in order to work on these balances that are so important to your soul stream would be given to you again and again. Each entity has an unique incarnational plan. We can only generalize in talking about the shape and the texture of that lesson that seems to come up again and again in your life. At the beginning of the journey you are working at that first layer of insight or understanding. Gradually, as these lessons cycle through your life as a seeker, you begin to recognize the pattern. This is a great blessing, for when the pattern is recognized, there is a diminishing of fear and a realization that it is time to go forth as a warrior of light to deal with the catalyst before you, and so there is no paralysis. There is no freezing into fear. There is the response of taking up the challenge and moving into response mode gladly, rejoicing at the opportunity to learn. And so, the journey begins.

There is that first dark night of the soul, and then there is that first dawn. For the dark night has ended and you are washed clean, made new, ready to take hold of life with an appreciation felt only by those whose life has been threatened and who have come through safely, amidst the storms of that dark night. Picture, if you will, your path not as straight ahead but as a spiral. You can picture it as a spiral going upwards and that will be accurate, because each time you work with an incarnational lesson you have walked further into the Light. You have experience behind you now. You are far more able to be present with your catalyst and to approach it fearlessly. Yet also you may picture this journey as a spiral downward or inward. It is as if you were peeling layers of a many-layered thing like an onion, where all of your suffering and all of your triumph moves you one layer closer to the center of your incarnational lesson. The center remains a mystery, yet as you move through these cycles of learning, there is an equal amount of increased insight and increased challenge.

Then Q’uo said when we awakened as a seeker, we began to be aware of the repetitive nature of these themes, and we saw that the lesson that we had put before our self in order to work on these balances, that are important to our soul stream, would be given to us again and again, and each entity has an unique incarnational plan, so Q’uo could only generalize in talking about the shape of that lesson that seems to come up again and again in our life since at the beginning of the journey we are working at that first layer of insight, and as these lessons cycle through our life we begin to recognize the pattern, and this is a blessing, for when the pattern is recognized, there is a diminishing of fear and a realization that it is time to go forth as a seeker of Light to deal with the catalyst before us, so there is no freezing into fear, and there is the response of taking up the challenge and moving into response mode gladly, rejoicing at the opportunity to learn, and our journey begins. Q’uo went on to say there is that first dark night of the soul, and then there is that first dawn, for the dark night has ended, and we are washed clean, made ready to take hold of life with an appreciation felt only by those who have come through safely, amidst the storms of that dark night, so picture our path not as straight ahead but as a spiral, and we can picture it as a spiral going upwards, and that will be accurate because each time we work with an incarnational lesson we have walked further into the Light, and we have experience behind us, and we are more able to be present with our catalyst and to approach it fearlessly, yet we may picture this journey as a spiral inward as if we were peeling layers of an onion where all of our suffering and all of our triumph moves us one layer closer to the center of our incarnational lesson, but the center remains a mystery, yet as we move through these cycles of learning, there is an equal amount of increased insight and challenge. On March 15, 1998, Q’uo described the nature of the Dark Night of the Soul:

In many ways you also may take upon yourself the sorrow of the world, and this is a spiritual practice that many have pursued. We ask you to gaze with a cold eye upon the suffering involved in transformation, for this attitude is a balanced one in our humble opinion. It is to the person who is able to gaze upon the Dark Night of the Soul, which this instrument spoke of, with an indifferent eye but a full and willing heart, that this process may begin to come easier. By releasing and yielding to your suffering, by welcoming that which must be suffered as a brother and as a sister, by offering the hospitality of your life, your body, your mind, your strength, and your will to this process, the heart is opened as if by magic, and you find that no matter how intensely you hurt, it does not kill but, rather, cleanses, empties, renews, and readies that instrument to be an ever clearer, purer and brighter channel for the Light that must come through into the world or the Love that must come through into the world, not from you but through you.

As you embrace this process those emotions of release and humility, humbleness, and nothingness, become an offering to be lifted up unto the Creator as “all that I have.” “This is all that I have, and this I give to you. Do with me what you will. I am a boat. Life is the ocean. Toss me somewhere. I shall attempt to sail.” This kind of abandon, this action of the Fool is powerful. And as you become ridiculous, as you embrace this darkness, you embrace also the Light that follows. For truly in the Dark Night of the Soul there is a moon setting and a sun rising. And that sun is a glory beyond all space and time signifying a Love that created all that there is. We would encourage that moment of abandon within each of you where you not only say but feel, “Not my will, but Thine.” For, you see, there is a cyclic nature to manifestation of any kind. As the Creator’s heart beats, creations are born and die. The one thing that remains, whether it is perceived or not, is that intelligent infinity that we can only call Love in your language, this vibration which is the one great original Thought or Logos is what you are, with no past or future but simply a moment of being that is infinite.

The increase in the challenge is due to the fact that you are moving ever closer to the center of your incarnational lesson. You have earned the right to deal more directly this time with that which will aid the soul stream, of which you within incarnation are a shell of personality, in comparison to the soul stream. You are as one literally on a journey having packed your suitcases with your skills, your gifts, your relationships, and your challenges. You could not bring everything into this incarnation. You brought those parts of your soul stream which you needed in order to move through this dance, if you will, and do the work you came to do. So, you see, it is not that the weights get heavier; it is not that you lift more; it is not linear. The increase in the feeling of challenge is that increase that occurs because you are moving closer to your goal. Thus, the colors are clearer; the energies are more intense and truer. You have earned authenticity, and in your authenticity you grapple far more intimately with this question of balance.

It is a great help to you as a seeker to come to terms with and appreciate the nature of the incarnational lesson or lessons with which you have supplied yourself. This familiarity with the theme of your incarnation, however, does not keep that work from being intense. The one known as R asked if it were possible that this school of souls would be a more intense thing for a wanderer. And to that question we would respond by suggesting that a wanderer with an enhanced wealth of experience at his command before incarnation is likely to load his incarnational lesson plan with more lessons and more ways of serving than might a soul whose awareness is within third density. Knowing more, you and your guidance have chosen to challenge the incarnational self with more work, in terms of improving the balance and, also, more opportunities to serve in terms of inner and outer work, work within the self and work that is visible to the world around you. Therefore, we may say that indeed there is a strong tendency for wanderers to task themselves with more to learn and with more to share.

Q’uo continued by saying the increase in the challenge is due to the fact that we are moving closer to the center of our incarnational lesson, and we have earned the right to deal directly with that which will aid our soul stream, of which we are a shell of personality in comparison to our soul stream, and we are on a journey having packed our suitcases with our skills, our relationships, and our challenges, but we could not bring everything into this incarnation, so we brought those parts of our soul stream which we needed in order to move through this dance and do the work we came to do, so we see it is not that the weights get heavier, or that we lift more, because it is not linear, and the increase in the feeling of challenge is that increase that occurs because we are moving closer to our goal, and the colors are clearer; the energies are more intense and truer, so we have earned authenticity, and in our authenticity we grapple more intimately with this question of balance. Q’uo went on to say it is a help to us as a seeker to come to appreciate the nature of the incarnational lessons with which we have supplied our self, but this familiarity with the theme of our incarnation does not keep that work from being intense, and R asked if it were possible that this school of souls would be a more intense thing for a wanderer, and to that question Q’uo responded by suggesting that a wanderer with an enhanced amount of experience at their command before incarnation is likely to load their lesson plan with more lessons and more ways of serving than might a soul whose awareness is within third density, so knowing more, we and our guidance have chosen to challenge our incarnational self with more work, in terms of improving the balance and more opportunities to serve in terms of inner and outer work, work within the self and work that is visible to the world around us, so Q’uo said that there is a tendency for wanderers to task themselves with more to learn and with more to share. On February 9, 2003, Q’uo described the nature of our soul stream:

It is difficult to imagine, faced with the riches of one’s own complex and subtle gradations of personality and beingness, that that which you experience as yourself is only a tiny portion of your true self. And yet this is indeed true. That which you experience within a single incarnation is as that tributary that is a portion of the stream of soul that is you, but it is as that stream flowing from the beginning at, shall we say, a distance from the center of the circle of life, and flowing towards the center that is your soul stream; that is, rather, a soul ocean. And each individual life experience is at the same time, in metaphysical time, flowing towards that center of the ocean of self. Consequently, it is well that you are not able to remember or to know that which is going on in all the other radials of this circle of self, for the information would be too much to bear.

Further, often wanderers retain a memory, whether it is specific or vague, of how energy runs in a more refined energy system. Consequently, there is a hunger for that ease of energy exchange, that comfort of living within the open heart at all times. It is impossible for an entity outside of incarnation in third density to grasp fully the impact of the veil’s dropping when the incarnation begins. There is often a fatal pride, which is unintentional and unconscious and takes the shape of the feeling that, “Of course, I shall remember, how could I forget the way things really are?” Then the veil drops, and here you are, no longer in the density from which you have come, but deeply within the veiled existence of third-density, illusory life, mired first of all in the noisy, cranky, chemical distillery which you call your body, and then mired further by being relatively helpless, unable to express, unable to remember why things seem so different, and unable with your physical senses to see beyond the veil.

In third density it is not obvious to the naked eye that all things are one. It is not at all clear that your gawky, ungainly physical bodies are engaged in a beautiful, graceful dance with all that there is. And when the Lord of the Dance  calls you it is easy to spend countless hours thinking, “I cannot dance, I cannot hear the music… I, I, I.” How fortunate it is that for every seeker there are moments of clarity when the dance is clearly perceived in all of its beauty and grace, and when you know beyond a shadow of a doubt that you are a dancer and that you are graceful, beautiful, and perfect. And then the veil drops and things seem effortful and harsh. And truly, for each of you, the lessons that you have chosen are not easy.

Q’uo said often wanderers retain a memory, whether it is specific or vague, of how energy runs in a more refined energy system, so there is a hunger for that ease of energy exchange, that comfort of living within our open heart at all times, and it is impossible for us before our incarnation in third density to grasp the impact of the veil’s dropping when our incarnation begins, so there is a fatal pride which is unconscious and takes the shape of the feeling that, “Of course, I shall remember, how could I forget the way things really are?” But then the veil drops, and here we are, no longer in the density from which we have come, but deeply within the veiled existence of third-density illusory life, and stuck in the noisy chemical distillery which we call our body, and then stuck further by being helpless and unable to remember why things seem so different, and unable with our physical senses to see beyond the veil. Then Q’uo said in third density it is not obvious that all things are one, and it is not that our ungainly physical bodies are engaged in a graceful dance with all that there is, so when the Lord of the Dance calls us it is easy to spend countless hours thinking, “I cannot dance, I cannot hear the music… I, I, I,” and how fortunate it is that for every seeker there are moments of clarity when the dance is clearly perceived in all of its beauty and grace, and when we know beyond a shadow of a doubt that we are a dancer, and that we are graceful and perfect, and then the veil drops and the lessons that we have chosen are not easy. On April 19, 2009, Q’uo said that all of us are a dancer:

Let everything within your ken become real to you as one with whom you dance, knowing that there is nothing too humble to be sacred, nothing too high to bow before. For you are a dancer, and so is the highest and so is the lowest of all that you know, of all that you see, all with whom you dance. Let the rhythms of love overtake you wherever you are, and when you feel that you have somehow lost that rhythm and are jerky and awkward in your spirituality, ask for help.

That is the third thing that is of great aid as a resource for those who wish to be instruments for the Creator’s Love and Light. There are sources of help all around you which operate on the rule of free will. Those of positive polarity shall not force themselves upon you but shall await your request. It is said in your holy work, “Ask and you shall receive; knock and it shall be opened unto you.” Know, with a deep knowing, that this is the true nature of things. Do not expect your guidance to come and speak in your ear without your request. You have angels about you at all times. They, too, are forbidden to interfere until you ask for their help. Ask them and thank them.

This instrument, for example, gave herself the incarnational lesson of loving without expectation of return. It took this instrument many years and many relationships to notice that there was always someone in her life that required loving and that was not capable of loving in return. Has this made it easier for this instrument? In a way it has, for this instrument recognizes the challenge when it appears, is able to don her armor of light, affix the ribbons to her lance, and set out to love without expectation of return. In another way, it becomes ever more subtle and ever more intense because the instrument is moving, spiral-wise, closer and closer to the center of that lesson. The end of that lesson is the learning to love the self. Then the spirals coalesce into a purity and a unity. And then the veil drops, and another spiral begins.

This, we believe, is the happenstance that is the most accurate description of the seeming fact that, as one becomes more experienced and has more history of seeking and asking, one’s lessons do not become easier but indeed often seem harder. The increasing depth of difficulty is due to the increased amount of truth and authenticity that are wrapped into the experience of that incarnational lesson at this point in your cycles, which indeed shall continue while you breathe the air of Planet Earth. And we say this not as a threat, but only as information that may be useful to you. You are not building a stairway to heaven. You are spiraling into the Light of truth. As you go, you are learning to love yourself and others and the Creator. You are learning to accept love from yourself, from others, and from the Creator. You are learning to be. And this is the glory of being within the veil of forgetting upon Planet Earth. For when you can move through the mire of that veil and into the Light, through faith alone, you have used the harsh circumstances of third density to their very fullest.

We rejoice with you for those moments when all comes clear and we sympathize, deeply, for the suffering you undergo in the process of the journey. This instrument said earlier in the conversation that preceded this session of working that he whom God Loves, God tests. It is a quotation from this instrument’s holy work, the Bible. And it is accurate. In your college you have your quizzes and your tests, and sometimes you have surprise tests, what this instrument would call pop quizzes. That is very much the way dark nights of the soul come upon you, as a pop quiz, unforeseen, unexpected, and yet not unplanned for in the deeper sense. It often helps if you can think of your life and how you live it as a game. You are here to love. The rules are simple. In each challenging piece of catalyst there is that thread of truth, “I am here to love. I am here to trust. I am here to gain the insight that all is well.” “Oh,” you may think, “this is an excellent piece of catalyst! What a good game.” If you can maintain that larger, wider point of view, it will be very helpful to you. And, as always, no matter what the topic, we always seem to end up recommending time in the silence. Enter the tabernacle of your heart and close the door, if only for a few minutes each day, so that you may listen. For that which is too deep for words shall empower you if you but ask, if you but listen.

Then Q’uo said Carla gave herself the incarnational lesson of loving without expectation of return, and it took her many years and many relationships to notice that there was always someone in her life that required loving and that was not capable of loving in return, so this has made it easier for her to recognize the challenge when it appears, so she is able to put on her armor of light, affix the ribbons to her lance, and set out to love without expectation of return, but in another way it becomes more subtle and intense because she is moving in a spiral closer to the center of that lesson, so the end of that lesson is the learning to love the self, and then the spirals coalesce into a purity and a unity, and then the veil drops, and another spiral begins. Now Q’uo said they believe this is the most accurate description of the fact that, as we become more experienced in seeking and asking, our lessons do not become easier but seem harder, so the increasing depth of difficulty is due to the increased amount of truth and authenticity that are wrapped into the experience of our incarnational lesson at this point in our cycles, which shall continue while we breathe the air of Earth, and Q’uo said this not as a threat, but as information that may be useful to us since we are not building a stairway to heaven, but we are spiraling into the Light of truth, and as we go, we are learning to love ourself, and others, and the Creator, and we are learning to accept Love from ourself, from others, and from the Creator, and learning to be, so this is the glory of being within the veil of forgetting upon Earth, for when we can move through the mire of that veil and into the Light, through faith alone, we have used the harsh circumstances of third density to their fullest. Q’uo completed their reply by saying they rejoice with us for those moments when all comes clear and they sympathize for the suffering we undergo on our journey, and Carla said earlier that he whom God Loves, God tests, and it is accurate, and in our college we sometimes we have surprise tests, what Carla would call pop quizzes, and that is much the way dark nights of the soul come upon us, as a pop quiz unexpected, yet not unplanned in the deeper sense, so it helps if we can think of how we live our life as a game where we are here to love, and the rules are simple since in each piece of catalyst there is that thread of truth, “I am here to love. I am here to trust. I am here to gain the insight that all is well,” and “Oh,” we may think, “this is an excellent piece of catalyst! What a good game,” and if we can maintain that larger point of view, it will be helpful to us, and no matter what the topic, Q’uo always ends up recommending time in the silence, and to enter the tabernacle of our heart and close the door, if only for a few minutes each day, so that we may listen, for that which is too deep for words shall empower us if we but ask, if we but listen. On September 17, 2003, Q’uo suggested that we enter into the tabernacle of our heart:

You are attempting to become a full, circular, and robust self that knows its shadow side, knows its virtues, and knows that neither is the true tale of the self but only the process that is occurring to allow the self to move ever deeper into that self, that interior road to the center of self that lightens as it goes until, in the very center of self, in the heart of self, in the tabernacle of the Creator within the self, there is a stunning, flooding white Light that melts every consideration and allows one to rest in adoration and faith.

We thank the one known as Jim for asking this question and would ask if there is a follow-up to this question before we open the session to other queries. Is there a follow-up, my brother? We are those of Q’uo.

Jim: No further question.

We thank you, my brother. Then we would ask if there are any other queries in the group at this time. We are those of Q’uo.

Questioner: I have a question, Q’uo. I don’t understand timelessness too well, how in fourth density and above there is no past, present or future. If there’s free will in third density, then I don’t understand how from fourth or fifth or other densities you can see the future just as you see the present. I don’t know if that makes sense, if I’ve explained that enough.

We are those of Q’uo, and believe we are aware of your query, my brother. We would respond by noting that in higher densities there is still a certain amount of limitation of the viewpoint due to being incarnate. It is not that higher densities are aware of the future but rather that, beginning in fourth density, there is no veil, so that there is a complete transparency concerning your own thoughts, motivations and so forth and the thoughts and motivations of others as well. It does not make you a person without distortions. It makes you a person able to see the reason distortions occur. And, consequently, it makes you a person able to have utter compassion upon your own distortions and those of others and to be willing to collaborate, distorted though you are, distorted though others are, in the dance of manifestation and in the process of acquiring insight.

When one is between incarnations, regardless of the density in which this occurs, one is indeed able to view the full panoply of experience which has been gained by one’s soul stream. However, it does not make one able to see or predict the future. It makes one able to be more wholly aware of all of the influences that have washed through the soul stream, leaving their blessings behind. There is a subtlety that is endless to the question of selfhood, and because of the fact that the Creator Itself is a mystery, so are you a spark of that Creator, wrapped in and bound by mystery. What some call enlightenment and what others call becoming able to awaken one’s magical personality is not a matter of knowing more. Rather it is a matter of accepting that little bit which one knows, therefore becoming able to be authentically and genuinely who one is. This is your search and this is your gift, to find yourself and to celebrate yourself.

The point at which all things are known is that point at which all desires have been explored and fulfilled so that there is no longer attachment to anything, be it personhood, achievements or understanding, that shall keep you from placing your entire hope and desire and will towards returning completely to the one infinite Creator, gaining spiritual gravity and losing all memory of self, wrapped at last in infinite unity. Until that occurs, many densities from your present position within this cycle of grades of school, shall we say, you shall have to do without knowledge of the future, my brother, and free will shall be scrupulously observed.

Questioner asked: “If there’s free will in third density, then I don’t understand how from fourth or fifth or other densities you can see the future just as you see the present. I don’t know if that makes sense, if I’ve explained that enough.” Q’uo replied by saying they would respond by noting that in higher densities there is still limitation of our viewpoint due to being incarnate, and it is not that higher densities are aware of the future, but beginning in fourth density there is no veil, so that there is a transparency concerning our thoughts and motivations, and the thoughts and motivations of others as well, but it does not make us a person without distortions, but it makes us a person able to see the reason distortions occur, and it makes us a person able to have compassion upon our distortions and those of others and to be willing to collaborate in the dance of manifestation and in the process of acquiring insight. Q’uo continued by saying when we are between incarnations, regardless of the density in which this occurs, we are able to view all of the experiences which have been gained by our soul stream, but it does not make us able to predict the future, but it makes us able to be more aware of the influences that have washed through our soul stream, leaving their blessings behind, so there is a subtlety that is endless to the question of selfhood, and because of the fact that the Creator Itself is a mystery, so are we a spark of that Creator, wrapped in mystery, and what some call enlightenment and what others call becoming able to awaken our magical personality is not a matter of knowing more, but it is a matter of accepting that little bit which we know and becoming able to be genuinely who we are, and this is our search and our gift: to find ourself and to celebrate our self. Then Q’uo said the point at which all things are known is that point at which all desires have been explored and fulfilled so that there is no longer attachment to anything, be it personhood, achievements, or understanding that shall keep us from placing our hope and will towards returning completely to the one infinite Creator, gaining spiritual gravity and losing all memory of self, wrapped at last in infinite unity, but until that occurs, many densities from our present position within this cycle of grades of school we shall have to do without knowledge of the future, and free will shall be completely observed. On January 6, 1991, Q’uo spoke of the nature of infinite unity:

What is the soul? The soul is you. The soul is the Creator and the created, an infinite unity, given objectification through the use of illusion. May each of you value both the self in its soul nature, its endlessness, its mystery and its paradox, and the incarnational drama which offers to you endless opportunity for learning the great lessons of compassion which may deliver you into a more realized observation of yourself.

May we answer you further, my brother? We are those of Q’uo.

Questioner: Uh uh. Thank you, thank you Q’uo.

We thank you, my brother. Is there another query at this time? We are those of Q’uo.

Questioner: Yes, I do have another query Q’uo. I’m wondering if you could connect the dots some between our current scientific conception of the trajectory of the universe, which is the Big Bang Theory, which posits a somewhat circular trajectory to the universe and spiritual evolution—the time frame, the time line of spiritual evolution—which starts to take a very long time in sixth and seventh density, and a corollary notion which is that at the point of the Big Bang all comes into existence out of nothing. And I can try to clarify if that’s still pretty vague.

We are those of Q’uo, and, my brother, we are not sure that we have grasped the thrust of your query. We shall respond and then you may repoint us if you would. The Big Bang Theory, as you call it, does indeed posit a beginning from nothingness. However, we would suggest that the theory lacks the awareness of the nature of the one infinite Creator and Its original Thought or Logos which is unconditional Love. That Creator exists in a plenum that fills all that there is, yet because it is infinite and because the infinity is intelligent, the nature of the Creation seems to begin from nothing.

Yet it is as if the Creator’s heart beat once, and that is the entire Creation, from your Big Bang until the final black hole collects the final experiences and harvests the knowledge of who It is once again. Then the Creator’s heart beats. It is as if between the beats of the heart within your breast it was posited that there was nothingness, simply because it could not be seen that the heart was beating. There is never a nothingness, there is always a plenum, and that plenum is the one infinite Creator: love.

We would now ask for you to repoint your query given what we have shared. We are those of Q’uo.

Questioner: Q’uo, that was great, because my own thoughts are kind of unclear. My further question is: Does the time line for spiritual evolution, as it comes to us from The Ra Material, correspond with the scientific estimate of one cycle of the cosmic heartbeat, one cycle from Big Bang to final black hole of fifteen to twenty billion years? If you add up first density plus second density plus third density, the periods in those and up through the seventh density, is that about the twenty billion or are there some other concepts that would need to be used to correlate the two?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. The so-called timeline is accurate as far as it is able to go, but it will be remembered that first density begins in timelessness and seventh density ends in timelessness. Consequently, there is far more to that heartbeat than linear time. And there is no translation that would enable us or anyone with the power of words alone to do justice to the nature of that timelessness. It can only be grasped as part of the infinity in which the creation exists.

May we answer you further, my brother? We are those of Q’uo.

Questioner: No. Thank you.

We thank you, my brother. Is there a final query at this time? We are those of Q’uo.

Questioner: I have a question, Q’uo. For harvestability from the third-density Earth experience, it is my understanding that the balancing of my energy centers, of anyone’s energy centers, especially the lower three, and then the opening of the heart chakra, is important. For harvestability from this last lifetime, what portion or what part of importance does restitution play with harvestability at that time? Thank you.

We are those of Q’uo, and ask that you repeat your query, my brother, for this instrument’s somewhat deaf hearing did not pick up your question.

[The question is repeated.]

We are those of Q’uo, and believe that we have heard through this instrument’s apparatus your query at this time, and we thank you, my brother. For harvestability, it is important simply to choose to act in a way which is loving, a way which expresses your desire to serve those about you; your desire, indeed, to serve the good within yourself as well as others. There are no strings attached to this statement. It is a simple statement. To polarize enough to graduate it is necessary simply to set your intention to love and serve the Creator by loving and serving the best in all that you see—yourself, others, the world around you. If you can not only set your intention but be persistent and persevere as choices come before you of an ethical nature, by choosing the loving way, the embracing way, the understanding and insightful way that sees that to give is to receive, and to console is to be consoled, as the one known as St. Francis said it so well, you shall graduate.

However, in the process of being a loving and compassionate person, you shall inevitably discover that there are those things for which you would wish to be forgiven. And so that loving heart of yours opens and says, “Please forgive me.” Most importantly, in terms of karma, rather, that loving heart opens towards the self and you are able to forgive yourself. This stops the wheels of karma. It is often far easier to forgive others than to forgive the self. Therefore, as you discover within yourself those suspicions that you may have karma with another and that you wish to stop the wheel of karma, remember that in addition to forgiving the other, and in some cases, in asking forgiveness of another if that other is in relationship and is alive and can speak with you, it is crucial always to forgive yourself.

In terms of karma, it is to be remembered that when the wheel stops, there is still the work to do of remembering that you have forgiven, for imperfect memory will attempt, as a habit, to bring up old and settled scores as if they have not been settled, as if they have not been forgiven. When this temptation occurs, invoke perfect memory. Recapture that moment when you did forgive and you were forgiven and let that replace the anxiety of old memory.

May we answer you further, my brother? We are those of Q’uo.

Questioner: No, Q’uo, beautifully spoken. I am grateful for your wise words.

Questioner: Could I ask a further question at that?

We are those of Q’uo, and, my brother, we will gladly speak to your query.

Questioner: Q’uo, can you talk more about invoking perfect memory?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query. As you are fully aware in your day-to-day life, life is a rough-and-tumble thing. Some things are remembered. Other things are not. Some things pass by you. You see them with your optical apparatus. You hear them with your ears. But they do not enter your heart. They do not enter your mind. It is as if they did not happen. That’s imperfect memory. Within you, however, my brother, as this instrument would put it, you have a librarian that remembers and files everything. Most especially, that librarian files safely away all of those moments of balance when distortion has been lessened and when your light has found a way to shine more transparently. It is easy to forget those crystalline moments. Sometimes you must ask the librarian to go into the stacks and dig that moment back up.

May we answer you further, my brother? We are those of Q’uo.

Questioner: Well, yes, Q’uo, can you… I’m wondering if you could provide some more metaphors for invoking that librarian?

We are those of Q’uo, and, my brother, we are content to leave you with one. Ask the librarian. The stacks are there, your memory is there, the work you have done is not forgotten.

This instrument’s energies are waning, and so we would at this time, most reluctantly we may say, take our leave of this instrument and this group. We thank each of you for the beauty of your auras, for the beauty of the sacred space that you have created by coming together to seek the truth. We thank you for asking us for our humble thoughts. It has been a pleasure to converse with you. We leave you, as we found you, in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator. We are known to you as the principle of Q’uo. Adonai. Adonai.

This morning I went outside and got about 5 gallons of garden soil to fill any of the clay tile pipes that I used last year to transplant Summation’s in. I also got some small stones that I used to put under the 4-inch wide and 18 inches clay tile pipes to keep them vertical. After all the 4-inch pipes were filled almost full with garden soil, I filled the 10-inch wide and 18 inches pipe with garden soil. Then I transplanted one Snapdragon Flower in each of the 4-inch pipes and 4 Snapdragon Flowers in the 10 inch wide pipes. Then I watered all of the Snapdragons with fertilized water. Then I cut some netting the correct length to cover all of the Snapdragons to protect them from Deer.

This afternoon I went outside and weeded the two gardens in front of the fishpond. Then I went across the street and threw birdseed under my neighbor’s bird feeders so the squirrels and deer could eat birdseed too because the bird feeders are squirrel proof, and the bird feeders are too high for the deer to eat from.

From A Book of Days, channeled by Carla L. Rueckert:

May 15

Sacramental Waiting

I am of the principle of Jesus the Christ, and I greet you in the full consciousness of divine Love.

This instrument gave us our lesson this morning, our words to the world, and our comfort to the nations, by its own experience. For it was heavily beleaguered by entities which were not of the principle of Jesus the Christ. And again, and again there were attempts made to open the channel to associates that were not desirable to this instrument.

Finally, all was quiet, and this instrument prayed, “I am content with the silence if I cannot hear the voice of Love.”

Our key word this day is “presence.” Many, many situations seem unendingly to press upon the self with their wrongnesses and incorrectnesses. Nothing can be saved. All must be cast away. And the effort one has put into that situation seems lost.

It is not lost. It is that which empowers the heart to patience; quietness of spirit; trust and faith in the midst of no evidence to support faith. The waiting one does for wisdom is sacramental. The disposing of that which is not desirable is sacramental. Nothing that you do for the Love of the Father is ever lost. So, wait you in quietness and do not be moved by the small wounds of insignificant discomfort.

We leave you in the peace which does not demand confirmation but accepts silent, sacramental waiting; that peace which the outer world will never know, now and ever. Amen.

I said the prayer at the Gaia Meditation tonight:

We come in the name of love and open our hearts, minds, and souls to send love, light, and healing energy to Mother Earth as she brings forth a new Earth in the fourth density. We ask that the infinite love, light, and healing energy of the One Infinite Creator heal the hearts of all souls in pain on Earth tonight. May all souls on Earth feel our love, light, and healing energy in their hearts, their minds, and their souls. Amen.

I did the Morning Offering and then got myself ready for the day. Today the Q’uo quote comes from April 11, 2009:

Jim: The question this evening, Q’uo, has to do with why is it men throughout history and up to the present day are so afraid of women, or the feminine principle? All the way back, each religion seems to have some way of subjugating women so that they are not able to partake in the priesthood, in officiating, giving the rites of the various services to the congregation. I was wondering what it is about the feminine principle that is so threatening to the male. Could you give us some information in that area please?

(Carla channeling)

We are those of the principle known to you as Q’uo. Greetings in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator, in whose service we come to you this evening. We thank each in this circle of seeking for setting aside the time and the energy to form this circle and to seek the truth. It is our privilege and our pleasure to be called to your circle and to share some thoughts that we may have upon the subject of the male and the female principles and their difficulties in sharing third-density existence within your culture. However, as always, we would preface our remarks by requesting that each of you use your discrimination and your discernment as you listen to or read these words. It would aid us in being able to speak our minds to know that each of you has taken responsibility for what you shall follow and what you shall let go. Truly we cannot hit the mark each time we speak, and it helps us to know that you will follow resonance and meaning. And if our remarks do not resonate to you or seem to have much relevance to your process, please let them go without a second thought. We greatly appreciate your kindness in this regard.

We would begin by making some observations about the difference between biological femininity and masculinity and archetypal femininity and masculinity, for the feminine principle and the masculine principle are elements within each entity, whether he is biologically male or biologically female. In general, the male/female dynamic is a very powerful part of the polarized environment of your third-density earth-world. It is the Density of Choice, and in this Density of Choice the environment is stocked with dynamic opposites: male and female, hot and cold, wet and dry, good and evil, light and dark, radiant and magnetic. Further it is to be noted that male and female are not precisely opposites. They are complements. Their energies complement each other as they create new life by coming together, as they create their own world, the home, for themselves, and their children. The partnership between male and female is that pairing of complementary energies that brings in those energies that lie between male and female.

One of the guiding glyphs for third density is that glyph known in the Kabbalah as the Tree of Life. That tree is an image which is created of a tree whose roots are in heaven or above the plane of Earth and whose branches reach down into the Earth-world. This tree grows then earthward from heaven, to use the vernacular of the religion in which it originates. It has three pillars. It has the branches to the left hand, with all the attributes of the feminine principle. It has branches which go down to the right hand, with all of the male attributes. In the middle pillar, or the trunk, lie those attributes which exist as a function of the dynamic between the female and the male principles.

The question this evening, Q’uo, has to do with why is it men throughout history and up to the present day are so afraid of women, or the feminine principle? Q’uo began by saying they would begin by making observations about the difference between biological femininity and masculinity and archetypal femininity and masculinity, for the feminine principle and the masculine principle are elements within each entity, whether they are biologically male or biologically female, and in general, the male/female dynamic is a part of the polarized environment of our third-density world because it is the Density of Choice, and in this Density of Choice the environment is stocked with dynamic opposites: male and female, good and evil, and radiant and magnetic, so it is to be noted that male and female are not precisely opposites, but they are complements, and their energies complement each other as they create new life and their own world, a home for themselves and their children, so the partnership between male and female is that pairing of complementary energies that brings in those energies that lie between male and female. Q’uo went on to say one of the guiding symbols for third density is known in the Kabbalah as the Tree of Life, and that tree is an image which is created of a tree whose roots are in heaven and whose branches reach down into the Earth, so this tree grows earthward from heaven, and it has three pillars with the branches to the left hand, with all the attributes of the feminine principle, and it has branches which go down to the right hand, with all of the male attributes, so in the middle pillar lie those attributes which exist as a function of the dynamic between the female and the male principles. On March 28, 2009, Q’uo described the Tree of Life as revealing attributes of the female and male principles:

The nature of polarity is such that it echoes to the very fabric of your third-density illusion. Each of you is able to name many dynamic opposites: light and dark, good and evil, warm and cold, wet and dry, and so forth. The very fabric of your existence has the overarching glyph of the Star of David, that figure which is made up of the up-thrusting male principle in its delta form and the downward-pointing pyramid of the female principle. As they come together and merge, so they form the Star of David.

There are ways to look at the male and female of the illusion, the attributes given to the female side and the attributes given to the male side of the so-called Tree of Life, and then those androgynous energies which are in the middle of that figure, lending coherence and relationship to the whole. And you are creatures of the Star of David and the Tree of Life. You are walking matrices which are able to juxtapose and merge the physical and the metaphysical, the outer and the inner, the temporal and the eternal. Each of you is a walking gateway between two worlds.

At this time we do not need to go into those characteristics which are supposedly male and supposedly female. Rather, we would turn to the basic concept that the male energy is that which reaches, the feminine energy is that which awaits the reaching. The male energy is that which seeks to know, the feminine energy is that which, by direct insight and intuition, already knows. It is as if the male principle hungers and thirsts for the direct awareness of the one infinite Creator, yet with all his heart, with all of his energy and strength, with every priestly attribute, the male principle is denied the Book of Life. The feminine principle, on the other hand, dwells in a state of rest, aware in a direct way of the energies of infinity and eternity. The moon sings through the blood of the woman. The cycle of the seasons echo in her and to the biological feminine is given intimate awareness of the ocean of life as she conceives and carries new life within her.

The male principle, for all of his energy and dominant strength, can only come next to this ocean of life, sit upon the shore and wonder at the mystery which femininity encompasses. The basis of those cultural prejudices of which the one known as Jim have spoken lies in the inability of men, biological men and archetypical masculine principle, to reach his goal, which is to know. The energies of masculinity have their place, as do the feminine energies. Yet the energy of reaching and controlling are fundamentally unskillful for perceiving a spiritual path. The male conceit is that if he seeks with enough vigor and persistence, he shall come to know the truth. Yet the Book of Life is a book of unknowing. True spiritual truth lies beyond words and logic. It is full of mystery and paradox. That does not mean that it is not the truth. There is the truth that lies beyond illusion, yet that truth must eventually simply be lived, so that the seeker becomes that which he seeks and allows the truth to flow through him, as the woman allows the rivers of eternity and infinity to flow through her.

Then Q’uo said at this time they do not need to discuss  the characteristics which are male and female, but they would turn to the concept that the male energy is that which reaches, and the feminine energy is that which awaits the reaching, so the male energy is that which seeks to know, and the feminine energy is that which, by intuition, already knows, so it is as if the male principle hungers for direct awareness of the one infinite Creator, yet with all his heart, and with every priestly attribute the male principle is denied the Book of Life, but the feminine principle dwells in a state of rest, aware in a direct way of the energies of infinity, and the moon sings through the blood of the woman, and the cycle of the seasons echo in her, and to the biological feminine is given awareness of the ocean of life as she conceives and carries new life within her. Q’uo went on to say the male principle, for all of his energy and strength, can only come next to this ocean of life, sit upon the shore and wonder at the mystery which femininity encompasses, so the basis of those cultural prejudices Jim has spoken of lies in the inability of men, and the archetypical masculine principle, to reach his goal which is to know, so the energies of masculinity have their place, as do the feminine energies, yet the energy of reaching are fundamentally for perceiving a spiritual path, so the male feels if he seeks with enough persistence, he shall come to know the truth, but the Book of Life is a book of unknowing because true spiritual truth lies beyond logic, and it is full of mystery, but that does not mean that it is not the truth since there is the truth that lies beyond illusion, yet that truth must be lived, so that the seeker becomes that which he seeks and allows the truth to flow through him, as the woman allows the rivers of infinity to flow through her. On February 9, 2003, Q’uo spoke of spiritual truth being full of mystery:

Grasping the dominance within third-density of that distortion known as the Law of Confusion or free will, it may become clearer why the third-density illusion is made in such a way that it shall always be impossible completely to satisfy the requirements of proof for spiritual truth. It is necessary within third density that all choices to believe in spiritual matters in a certain way be made completely in freedom, that freedom that only exists when there is no proof and it is a matter of faith.

The instinct shall always be within the human breast to reach out to that energy that it senses as being greater than it is. Many are the stories told about this mystery of the Creator, the Logos, the Grandfather, the Father/Mother God. There are many and many a name, and many a story, and in each name and in each story some may find comfort. And in the words that those entities have said that were written down, or that were written down on behalf of these entities, some may find tremendous and substantial resources. Therefore, the spiritual panoply of riches lies open to the seeker.

If you will study those cultures upon your planet which are the most close to the earth and the least sophisticated in terms of learning the culture of more civilized societies, you shall find that very often, male and female together are called to be shamans. Indeed, in some indigenous tribes, it is the woman that is the leader, and in those cultures where this is true, there is that concept of cooperation and partnership. The more that it is acknowledged that the female energy has a leading role, the more it will be found in that culture that issues are discussed and actions are taken by a circle of consenting members working in partnership, cooperating and collaborating to further the solution of whatever issue is before them. Consequently, as we turn to the meat of your question, you see that we are not actually speaking of the male principle and the feminine principle as we are speaking of the manifestation of male and female within physical bodies. No matter whether the culture is one of aboriginal simplicity or urban complexity, certain things hold sway.

When man and woman come together to create a family, it is the woman who shall bear and rear the progeny which are created between the two. It is the woman, physically usually smaller and less strong, whose hands bind the wounds of childhood, cook the food that will nourish the family, and open her heart to the endless concerns and worries of all those within the family. While she is doing these things there is a tendency for these activities to be supported by the male, who finds ways to bring in the food and the shelter and the clothing that are necessary for the family. One cannot blame male or female for this arrangement, for it is the biological necessity of the woman to take time away from whatever else she may do in order to bear children. And it is this central and pivotal fact that tends to create what looks to be a non-equal partnership between male and female.

Now Q’uo said if we study those cultures upon our planet which are closest to the Earth and least sophisticated in terms of learning the culture of more civilized societies, we shall find that male and female together are called to be shamans, and in some indigenous tribes, it is the woman that is the leader, and there is that concept of partnership, so the more that it is acknowledged that the female energy has a leading role, the more it will be found in that culture that issues are discussed and actions are taken by a circle of consenting members cooperating to further the solution of whatever issue is before them, and Q’uo said they are not speaking of the male principle and the feminine principle as much as they are speaking of the manifestation of male and female within physical bodies, so no matter whether the culture is one of aboriginal simplicity or urban complexity, certain things hold sway. Q’uo continued by saying when man and woman come together to create a family,  the woman shall bear and rear the children, and it is the woman, usually smaller and less strong physically, who will cook the food that will nourish the family, and open her heart to the concerns and worries of all those within the family, and while she is doing these things these activities will be supported by the male, who finds ways to bring in the food, the shelter, and the clothing that are necessary for the family, so neither the male nor the female can be blamed for this arrangement, for it is the biological necessity of the woman to take time away from whatever else she may do in order to bear children, and it is this fact that creates what looks to be a non-equal partnership between male and female. On March 12, 1989, Q’uo described the basic nature of the female energy in a relationship with the male energy:

Although it could equally be said, for instance, that each mate is an accurate reflection of the subconscious of the other, yet still, to the female energy is given the freer access and the greater energy and power of intuition and the half-knowledge of that which is veiled which is called intuition or inspiration. And to the male is given the reaching for that inspiriting.

In reality, of course, the traditional male/female roles—a woman “not working,” a male “working”—seem to be unequal. One effort brings in money, the other effort does not, and more and more, your cultures have judged the worth of activity by the money which that activity earns. We would note that in many of your more highly civilized cultures, these traditional roles have tended towards disappearing. Women and men alike must work to pay the bills. Men and women alike therefore leave the home and go forth to do what is necessary in order to take care of the family and to see to its needs. Yet, this does not stop the thinking of both male and female from harking back to that central difference between the sexes, that difference being that it is only to women that the miracle of manifesting new life is given. That fact, in all of its glory and all of its implications remains simple.

Let us look now at the way the biological male feels, realizing his part in creating and sustaining a family. Whereas in a simpler society it is simply assumed that this mating and this creation of a family will take place, as a culture becomes more complex and sophisticated, the options available to men and women alike multiply almost endlessly. The energies of instinct fade and entities more and more hark to the desires of the moment. Whereas in a simpler society it is not considered that there is anything that is unimportant or without sacredness in the life, in the more complex society many things are seen as not having anything to do with the sacred, the holy, and the divine.

Q’uo went on to say in the traditional male/female roles—a woman “not working,” a male “working”—seem to be unequal because the male brings in money, and the female does not, so more and more our cultures have judged the worth of activity by the money which that activity earns, and Q’uo said that in many of our more civilized cultures, these traditional roles have tended towards disappearing since women and men alike must work to pay the bills by leaving home and doing what is necessary in order to take care of the family, yet this does not stop the thinking of both male and female from looking back to that central difference between the sexes which is only to women that the miracle of manifesting new life is given, and that fact, in all of its glory remains simple. Now Q’uo said they wanted to look at the way the biological male feels, realizing his part in creating and sustaining a family since in a simpler society it is assumed that this creation of a family will take place, and as a culture becomes more complex the options available to men and women will multiply, and the energies of instinct will fade, and both entities will listen to the desires of the moment, so in a simpler society it is not considered that there is anything that is without sacredness in the life, but in the more complex society many things are seen as not having anything to do with the sacred and the divine. On December 29, 2007, Q’uo spoke of the sacred and the divine nature of our family relationships:

Your sexuality, for instance, has so many layers to it! Yet it must begin with that wonderful “yes” of lust and chemical attraction. And then you can begin to let it lift, through relationship, to open-hearted relationship, to that love of a legal relationship, and from there to the upper-chakra work of true affection, true communication, and mutual work in consciousness which is sacred sexuality. There is no detail, no matter how seemingly mundane of life, that is not bursting with the sacred and the divine.

Consequently, although naturally we do encourage the meditation and the prayer and all of those beautiful ways of working in consciousness to discipline your personality and become centered more and more on who you really are, we also encourage you to look for the love and the sacredness in washing the dishes, cleaning the toilet, feeding the cat, and whatever it is that you are doing at the present moment. All of it is part of the dance of the One.

In an aboriginal society fatherhood is sacred, motherhood is sacred, trees are sacred, animals are sacred, the water that is carried from the river is sacred, the tree that is carved into an implement or used for firewood is sacred and the fire is sacred. These simple things, all being holy, create an environment in which there is no boredom, but a dance, a dance of the seen and the unseen, a dance with nature, the elements, the seasons, the day and the night, all of the factors that go into living a life. It is a life that is seen as a whole and that entire, whole life is sacred. We ask you, my friends, to think of your lives. Do you see all that you do as sacred? For truly, in our humble opinion, it is. The water comes from a tap now and not from a bucket that is hauled, yet it is sacred still. The sun that warms is not as fearsome, for there is shelter with conditioned air, and yet that sunshine and that warmth remain sacred. Yet you are removed from the direct contact with that holiness.

All of the elements, the forest, wildlife, fire and water, the great wind that blows, all of these energies impact an aboriginal very directly. In many relatively undeveloped countries, there are places where there is no electricity, there is no water, there are no pieces of that infrastructure that you, in the sophisticated society in which you live, take for granted. In that environment it is easier to see the rightness of the division between male and female, to see that this division is not a matter of opposites but a matter of complements. It is far easier to see the goodness of all people. We would agree with you, my brother, when you note the long, long history of the subjugation of women. In the Jewish religion, in the Christian religion, and in the religion of Islam, together, there is that prejudice that to the male is allocated the capacity for priesthood but not to the female.

Q’uo continued by saying that all is sacred: the water that comes from a tap, the sun that warms, the shelter with conditioned air, yet we are removed from the direct contact with that holiness. Then Q’uo said all of the elements of fire, water, and the wind that blows impact an aboriginal very directly, and in many undeveloped countries there are places where there is no electricity, water, or buildings that we take for granted, so in that environment it is easier to see the rightness of the division between male and female, to see that this division is not a matter of opposites but a matter of complements, so it is easier to see the goodness of all people, and Q’uo agreed that when we note the long history of the subjugation of women in the Jewish religion, in the Christian religion, and in the religion of Islam there is that prejudice that to the male is allocated the capacity for priesthood but not to the female. On November 6, 1994, Q’uo said that all is sacred:

The energies within the physical, mental, emotional and spiritual bodies are infinitely, carefully, lovingly arranged so as to express a central vibration which is the essential self manifesting at this space and time. The higher healings, then, will more and more pinpoint that essence, that essential vibration, and find ways of increasing the harmony with which that vibration may move. The best of the techniques for opening this essential nature and clarifying it remain meditation, contemplation, prayer, and as this group was speaking before, the remembering of that context of sacredness within which all of what is known as life and all that is known as death involve. All is sacred. That which your feet rest upon this moment is holy ground.

Pause to feel the breath that moves in, the breath that moves out. The health begins with the breathing deeply in and deeply out, and feeling the peace of breathing in and breathing out, for no matter what an entity may do, it shall breathe in and breathe out. No matter how complex the life of the mind and emotions becomes the physical vehicle expresses the infinite Creator by the living breath—in and out. You breathe into you the love of the infinite Creator and breathe out of you all that is tired, old and ready to leave. So, you take in health with each inhalation, and express the detritus of imbalance with each and every exhalation.

Think of the figure in the Tarot image of the Potentiator of the Mind, shielding the Book of Life within her veil, and we believe that you have the essence of why this prejudice exists. The truth is, it is to the female principle that spiritual knowledge is given, not as one who tells, but as one who carries. It is not that the biological female is more knowledgeable of spiritual things than the male. It is that the very essence of femininity, the archetypical nature, contains knowledge in a direct sense of the truth for which the male grasps endlessly, but which he can never completely uncover, for it resides in the mystery with which women are comfortable and men are not. The easiest and most direct way towards reversing this situation which is unconsciously felt by men is to dominate the women who contain the key to the mystery of life. It is not a logical movement. It is not a rational decision. It is based in fear, as the one known as Jim has said. Yet it is not a fear of any one woman. It is that fear that they shall never be granted the truth, but shall always be dependent upon women who contain that truth.

Consequently, there is that energy to enshrine and worship the ideal woman who contains the truth, and also to take womanhood away from the pedestal and under the heel. Therefore, there develops within societies, ancient and modern, a set of rationalizations for prejudice. In extreme cases, as you may see in your Middle Eastern cultures, there is a long-standing belief that women are biologically inferior, weak, and without the ability to take care of themselves. Thusly, you see subverted that energy of cooperation and collaboration that was intended by the one infinite Creator and instead, there is a lack of equality and an even deeper lack of belief in the possibility of true equality.

Now Q’uo said for us to think of the figure in the Tarot image of the Potentiator of the Mind, shielding the Book of Life within her veil, and we will have the essence of why this prejudice exists because the truth is to the female principle that spiritual knowledge is given, and it is not that the biological female is more knowledgeable of spiritual things than the male, but it is that the essence of femininity of the archetypical nature contains knowledge in a direct sense of the truth for which the male grasps, but which he can never completely uncover, for it resides in the mystery with which women are comfortable and men are not, so the easiest way towards reversing this situation, which is unconsciously felt by men, is to dominate women who contain the key to the mystery of life, but it is not a logical decision since it is based in fear, yet it is not a fear of any one woman, but it is that fear that men shall never be granted the truth, but shall always be dependent upon women who contain that truth. Q’uo went on to say there is that energy to worship the ideal woman who contains the truth, and also to take womanhood away from the pedestal and under the heel, so there develops within societies, ancient and modern, a set of rationalizations for prejudice, and in extreme cases, as we may see in your Middle Eastern cultures, there is a long-standing belief that women are biologically inferior and without the ability to take care of themselves, so we see subverted that energy of cooperation that was intended by the one infinite Creator, and there is a lack of equality and an even deeper lack of belief in the possibility of true equality. On March 13, 1994, Q’uo spoke of the mystery of life:

Each of you is a keen and careful student of the mystery of life and eternity. You are concerned, metaphysically, to know and to understand, to grasp and to accelerate your learning spiritually. Further, each of you is a careful and studious worker, always attempting to do the best. In relationships with people, each attempts always to give the best.

May we ask, my brother, if there is a follow-up query to this question or anything further that you would wish us to speak to in this regard? We are those of Q’uo.

Jim: No, thank you, Q’uo, that was very good.

May we ask if there is another query at this time? We are those of Q’uo.

Jim: D says he is experiencing a dimming of all of his chakras. He feels as though there is a psychic greeting from a negatively-oriented entity that is causing this. He’d like to know the spiritual principles involved in thinking about this question. Please offer any information that you may have without infringing upon his free will. What is the nature of this energy and what is the best defense against it?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. We thank you for asking us concerning this issue in your life at this time. As you know, my brother, there are many things that we cannot discuss in this regard because of the fact that this is a situation which is front and center in your spiritual process at this time as well as being an issue in your personal life altogether, regardless of spiritual activities. We would speak upon the concept of psychic greeting and how that works. Whether the origin of the psychic greeting lies within one’s own personality or whether it lies in an outer entity which is not the entity experiencing the psychic greeting, it is true that psychic greeting functions by seeking chinks in one’s personality, if you will, or one’s spiritual nature. Different entities have different areas of weakness, whether they be physical, emotional or spiritual. In this instrument, for example, the weaknesses are largely in the physical and consequently, if this entity experiences psychic greeting, it is likely to manifest as an enhancement or cranking up, if you will, of physical discomfort so that a little pain becomes a big pain. If the weaknesses are emotional, the small trouble becomes the big trouble. If there are weaknesses within the mental area, the concern may become the obsession, or the fear becomes the paranoia.

For the one known as D, the chinks happen to be largely within the physical vehicle and consequently, it is to that part of the mind, the body, and the spirit which together make up a person that this entity shall experience the enhancement or the ratcheting up of the distortions. There are two avenues at which we may look in speaking to this situation. Firstly, we would invoke the spiritual principle of unity in pointing out that very often the solution to psychic greeting is not to run away from or to try to fix the greeting, but to embrace the energy of the seeming attack. When there is a physical greeting such as the one known as D is experiencing, this principle of unity would lead one to embrace the situation where there is some dimming of the chakras and to ask, not how to stop it from happening, but what the gift of such a dimming of the chakras might be. What gift does this inconvenience or this discomfort hold within its folds? It is well to ponder this and to unwrap that gift as much as one can in contemplation. There are, of course, steps which one may take in order to work with a psychic greeting which consists largely in aligning oneself with the highest and best principle of which one is aware and then challenging the energy of that psychic greeting according to that principle.

D says he is experiencing a dimming of all of his chakras. He feels as though there is a psychic greeting from a negatively-oriented entity that is causing this. He’d like to know the spiritual principles involved in thinking about this question. Please offer any information that you may have without infringing upon his free will. What is the nature of this energy and what is the best defense against it? Q’uo began by saying  there are things that we cannot discuss because this is a situation which is at the center in your spiritual process as well as being an issue in your personal life regardless of spiritual activities, so we would speak upon the concept of psychic greeting, and if the origin of the psychic greeting lies within your personality, or whether it lies in an outer entity which is not the entity experiencing the psychic greeting, it is true that psychic greeting functions by seeking chinks in one’s personality, and different entities have different areas of weakness that may be physical, emotional, or spiritual, and in Carla the weaknesses are largely in the physical, and if she experiences psychic greeting, it is likely to manifest as an enhancement of physical discomfort so that a little pain becomes a big pain, and if the weaknesses are emotional, the small trouble becomes the big trouble, and if there are weaknesses within the mental area, the concern may become obsession, or the fear becomes the paranoia. Now Q’uo said for D, the chinks happen to be within the body, and it is to that part of the mind, the body, and the spirit which together make up a person that he shall experience the enhancement, so there are two avenues which we may look at in speaking to this situation, and we would invoke the spiritual principle of unity in pointing out that very often the solution to psychic greeting is not to run away from or to try to fix the greeting, but to embrace the energy of the seeming attack, and when there is a physical greeting such as the one known as D is experiencing, this principle of unity would lead one to embrace the situation where there is some dimming of the chakras and to ask, not how to stop it from happening, but what the gift of such a dimming of the chakras might be, and it is well to ponder this and to unwrap that gift as much as one can in contemplation, so there are steps which one may take in order to work with a psychic greeting which consists in aligning oneself with the highest principle of which one is aware and then challenging that psychic greeting according to that principle. On February 18, 2017, Q’uo spoke of the way we can deal with a psychic greeting:

For the positively oriented entity, it is of paramount importance to realize that the entity which seems to be an adversary, is not, in truth, so. This entity is also the other self of the positive entity, is also the Creator, as is the positive entity. Thus, the positively oriented entity receiving a psychic greeting, or a psychic attack, as you describe it, is most able to express its own positivity by entering the meditative state seeking that sense of one-pointed focus within the self, a calm and restful experience of the One Creator existing within, and from this state, send through the heart energy center love and light to the entity which greets the positive entity.

This love and light is heartfelt in that it is not sent for the purpose of causing the negative entity either to cease its greeting, or to leave the positive entity alone, shall we say. It is sent because the positively-oriented entity feels true love and light for this other self that is the Creator, that has traveled another path from the positive entity’s own choice. Thus, this is the beginning of that which the positive entity shall accomplish.

Further, the positively oriented entity will image in its mind the form which the greeting takes. See it in careful detail and send the same love and light to this greeting as was sent to the negatively oriented entity.

Further, the positively oriented entity shall send this love and light to itself, as a wall of light about itself, spiraling in clockwise fashion, as the upward spiraling line of light of all Creation does.

To complete the process, the positively oriented entity will send this love and light to the Creator which exists in all things everywhere at all times.

This is the means by which the positively oriented entity demonstrates the greatest positivity in response to a negatively oriented entity’s offering of service to the positive entity.

[Side one of tape ends.]

(Carla channeling)

The other tack which one might take, my brother, in thinking about this question, is to look at the chinks in the physical vehicle that are being enhanced by the psychic greeting and to work with those healers within your society and that healing information which one may read that may give more enlightenment concerning the distortions of body that are vulnerable to being enhanced in this way. For instance, when this instrument discovered that there were weaknesses within her digestive system, she found, after many years of trying different diets, those foods which would best nurture her particular physical vehicle. That kind of thinking, working with the body since that is what is being distorted and is therefore vulnerable to psychic greeting, may be an avenue which offers possibilities. Again, as in all seeking, work with this, my brother, as a spiritual discipline rather than as an earthly or physical discipline.

Being sensitive to the path of resonance for yourself and in all things, my brother, it is always well to seek the guidance that is yours by nature. Ask your guidance system to speak with you in dreams or in conversation if you wish to journal, writing down questions that you would ask and then writing down the next thought which comes into your mind as you sit with your computer, or your paper, and your pencil. Open those pathways which lie between you and your guides, your angels, your higher self, however, you wish to think about this guidance system, for truly you have one, my brother, as all do, and it is ever ready to help. Yet it must be asked. There must be that opening within you of the willingness to hear. And lastly, my brother, as in all things, we recommend periods of entering the silence so that you may hear the still, small voice of guidance and so that you may rest from the endless considerations of the rational mind and give yourself over to the experience of direct company with the one infinite Creator. For the Creator awaits you in the silence of the tabernacle of your heart.

Then Q’uo said the other way which one might take is to look at the chinks in the body that are being enhanced by the psychic greeting and to work with those healers within your society, and that healing information which one may read that may give more enlightenment concerning the distortions of body that are vulnerable to being enhanced in this way when Carla discovered that there were weaknesses within her digestive system, she found foods which would nurture her body, and working with her body, since that is what is being distorted may be an avenue which offers possibilities, and then working with this as a spiritual discipline rather than as a physical discipline. Q’uo went on to say being sensitive to the path of resonance for yourself and in all things it is always well to ask your guidance system to speak with you in dreams or in conversation if you wish to journal, writing down questions that you would ask, and then writing down the next thought which comes into your mind as you sit with your computer, or your paper and pencil, and open those pathways which lie between you and your guidance system, for you have one, and it is ever ready to help, yet it must be asked, and there must be that opening within you of the willingness to hear, and lastly we recommend periods of meditation so that you may hear the still, small voice of guidance and so that you may rest from the endless considerations of the mind and give yourself over to the experience of direct company with the one infinite Creator, for the Creator awaits you in the silence of the tabernacle of your heart. On September 22, 2009, Q’uo described the nature of our guidance system:

The foundation of each seeker’s guidance system is his own higher self, that self who, in mid-sixth density, has experienced all that is desired. When that entity realizes fully that he shall no longer desire or seek to fulfill desires, but instead turn towards the call of the infinite Creator to rejoin It fully, it turns one last time to what you would see as the past and creates a thought form that contains all of the harvest of that which he has learned throughout all of his incarnations in all densities through the sixth.

This thought form he leaves with the developing entity wherever it is, in whatever incarnation it is experiencing, so that at any time he may call upon his highest and best self and ask how to evaluate things and whatever other advice he deems is needed.

This higher self is joined by at least three angelic entities. This instrument calls two of these angelic entities the Holy Spirit in his male and female aspect. Others consider the angelic entities to be gurus or literally angels. Some entities who are seeking to serve the Light collect about them as many as a dozen angelic presences or more, all of whom wish to support and encourage that service to the Light which the seeker has undertaken within incarnation.

We would ask at this time if there is a final query. We are those of Q’uo.

Jim: Not for me.

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware that we have exhausted the questions in this group for tonight. In a way, we are sorry to see that happen, for we greatly enjoy our conversation. Yet the energies of this channel and of this group are waning and it is time to take our leave. May we say again how much we enjoyed being with you this evening, how grateful we are to have been asked to join your group, and how beautiful we find each of you, with the beautiful colors of your energy bodies joining together to create the sacred space within which you seek to know the truth. We are known to you as the principle of Q’uo. We leave you in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator. Adonai. Adonai vasu.

This morning, I went outside and transplanted about 100 Dahlias into the Sun Mandala behind the garage. Then I put a net over them held by 8 stakes to prevent deer from eating them.

This afternoon I went out to the Valhalla Acute Care Care Home on Shelbyville Road to visit my neighbor who had fallen three weeks ago and injured her head. I read some of the eulogy that I wrote for Carla’s funeral after she passed into larger life. When I got back home, I used Venus to cut the grass in The Magic Kingdom, which is the name that Carla gave to our property which I discovered in a recent Q’uo channeling.

From A Book of Days, channeled by Carla L. Rueckert:

May 14

What Shall The Day Bring?

I come in the name of Jesus the Christ and greet you in the full consciousness of Love.

What shall the day bring? This question lies upon the fearful brow of one who hesitates in the morning to gaze steadily at the day’s offerings.

We encourage each instead to rejoice in what the day brings, whatever it may be. The enjoyment of it is the perfect gift of perfect love. Seize it. Relish it. And, in the best way given, deal with it appropriately.

But know, too, that this, indeed this very moment, is the moment which is given for peace, joy, rejoicing and happiness, this moment and no other. Feel the fullness of the Spirit of the living Christ within and open to the splendor of the morning.

We leave you in the bracing wind of Spirit and the perfect peace of acceptance, now and always.

I said the prayer at the Gaia Meditation tonight:

We come in the name of love and open our hearts, minds, and souls to send love, light, and healing energy to Mother Earth as she brings forth a new Earth in the fourth density. We ask that the infinite love, light, and healing energy of the One Infinite Creator heal the hearts of all souls in pain on Earth tonight. May all souls on Earth feel our love, light, and healing energy in their hearts, their minds, and their souls. Amen.

I did the Morning Offering and then got myself ready for the day. The Q’uo quote today comes from March 14, 2009:

Jim: The question this evening, from D, has to do with free will and how, when we talk with other people about spiritual principles, we can keep from invading or infringing upon theirs. Could Q’uo speak to any guidelines that we could follow that would ensure that we not infringe upon anybody’s? And if we should infringe on someone’s, does that affect our karma? If so, how?

(Carla channeling)

We are those known to you as the principle of Q’uo. Greetings in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator, in whose service we come to you this evening. We thank you for creating this sacred space in your life for seeking the truth and for coming together in a circle of seeking. It is our privilege and our blessing that you have called us to your circle, and we are happy to speak to you concerning the issue and of karma. However, as always, we would preface our remarks by asking each of you to use your discernment and your discrimination when listening to or reading these words. For our remarks cannot hit the mark for everyone at all times. Consequently, take those remarks of ours which have resonance for you and follow them if they help you, leaving the rest behind. We thank you for this consideration, for it enables us to speak freely without being concerned that we might infringe upon you or disturb the natural pace of your seeking.

You will notice that we spoke of our concern for infringing upon you when we asked that you follow the path of resonance when choosing what to remember about our humble remarks this evening. Free Will is the first distortion of the Law of One. It is central to the way your environment works. We come from elsewhere than this planet. We are not your neighbors. We are not your friends. We do not have the right to give you good advice in such a way that you would be forced to listen to us. We are a service-to-others principle and our polarity would be disturbed were we to indicate in any way that we were authorities who must be trusted. It is our pleasure to work within those limitations. We would not wish to have greater power than we claim. And the power that we claim is only the ability to speak through this instrument concerning the one original Thought of unconditional Love in its many distortions of which Free Will is a primal one.

Among your peoples, free will is a prime mover on a spiritual level, absolutely. On the level of the physical, mental, and emotional there is no absolute, for you are each other’s neighbors and friends. You do have the right to offer your opinion to each other when asked. You have the right to influence each other when you are using your power in ways that are appropriate, within the bounds of your relationships and that which has been requested of you. You do not have to be as concerned as we in the normal run of your life and in your interactions with those in your environment. It is acceptable and within the bounds of free will to express your opinion when asked, and even to discuss that opinion again when it is asked of you. There are many ways in which free will needs to be abridged within your third-density environment.

The question this evening, from D: “has to do with free will and how, when we talk with other people about spiritual principles, we can keep from invading or infringing upon theirs. Could Q’uo speak to any guidelines that we could follow that would ensure that we not infringe upon anybody’s? And if we should infringe on someone’s, does that affect our karma? If so, how?” Q’uo began by saying we will notice that they spoke of their concern for infringing upon us when they asked that we follow the path of resonance when choosing what to remember about their remarks this evening, so Free Will is the first distortion of the Law of One, and it is central to the way our environment works, but Q’uo came from elsewhere than this planet, so they are not our neighbors, and they do not have the right to give us advice in such a way that you would be forced to listen to them because they are a service-to-others principle, and their polarity would be disturbed were they to indicate that they were authorities who must be trusted, and it is their pleasure to work within those limitations, for they would not wish to have greater power than they claim which is the ability to speak through Carla concerning the one original Thought of unconditional Love in its distortions of which Free Will is a primal one. Q’uo continued by saying among our people, free will is a prime mover on a spiritual level, and on the level of the physical, mental, and emotional there is no absolute, for we are each other’s neighbors and friends, so we have the right to offer our opinion to each other when asked, and we have the right to influence each other when we are using our power in ways that are appropriate, within the bounds of our relationships and that which has been requested of us, so we do not have to be as concerned as Q’uo in the normal run of our life and in our interactions with those in our environment, so it is acceptable and within the bounds of free will to express our opinion when asked, and even to discuss that opinion again when it is asked of us, so there are many ways in which free will needs to be abridged within our third-density environment. On November 16, 2006, Q’uo spoke of how we can respect the bounds of free will of another person:

W: What archangel or other spiritual essence might aid me in coming into a place of inspiration where music and lyrics flow into the most beneficial form?

We are those of Q’uo, and we are aware of your query, my brother. This question treads too closely to the bounds of free will for us to respond directly. We would ask you to trust and to know that you do indeed have a muse and that muse is focused entirely upon supporting, encouraging, and inspiring you. What is the shape of that muse, my brother? What name shall you call the source of your inspiration? What helper have you yearned for from the beginning? Name it. Claim it. Use it. For us to name that guidance and that inspiration for you would be utterly fruitless. This is your active process, and we wish you happy hunting!

Whenyou have a child, that child must have his free will abridged many times. He must follow the rules of the family and learn the limitations of his power. It is not an infringement upon free will, in the sense of there being any karmic damage, to keep a child from harming himself on a hot stove, walking off the side of a porch, or otherwise hurting himself. As parents and teachers train their charges and show them and explain to them how to be good people, these seeming infringements upon free will are appropriate and needed. When one is asked to be a mentor or teacher, it is not only acceptable but also desirable for you to express yourself to the very best of your ability, for guidance has been requested. And when you are asked questions, whether of a physical, emotional or spiritual nature, it is entirely appropriate to offer your opinion, again using your own sense of rightness and goodness to shape your replies.

However, it is indeed possible within third density for people to infringe upon each others’ free will in ways that do involve karma. Take for instance the institution that you call marriage. A marriage of equal partners may involve many spirited discussions, but if one of the mates reserves the right to give orders to the other, there has been an infringement upon the free will of that individual whose liberties have been limited without his or her consent. In a work situation it is entirely acceptable for the leader to give orders to the employee as long as they do not shame him, or abase him, or disrespect him as a human being. When one entity uses a weapon to coerce or force another to do his bidding, whether it is in criminal acts or acts of war, this, too, goes beyond the bounds of acceptable usage and constitutes an infringement upon the free will of the one who is limited.

Then Q’uo said when we have a child, that child must have his free will abridged many times because he must follow the rules of the family and learn the limitations of his power, and it is not an infringement upon free will, in the sense of karmic damage, to keep a child from harming himself on a hot stove, or otherwise hurting himself, so as parents and teachers train children and explain to them how to be good people, these infringements upon free will are appropriate, and when we are asked to be a mentor, it is not only acceptable but desirable for us to express our self to the best of our ability, for guidance has been requested, and when we are asked questions of a physical, emotional, or spiritual nature, it is appropriate to offer our opinion, using our sense of rightness to shape our replies. Q’uo continued by saying it is possible within third density for us to infringe upon each others’ free will in ways that involve karma, and in the institution that we call marriage, a marriage of equal partners may involve spirited discussions, but if one of the mates reserves the right to give orders to the other, there has been an infringement upon the free will of that individual whose liberties have been limited without their consent, and in a work situation it is acceptable for the leader to give orders to the employee as long as they do not disrespect them as a human being, but when one uses a weapon to force another to do their bidding, whether it is in criminal acts or acts of war, this goes beyond the bounds of acceptable usage and constitutes an infringement upon the free will of the one who is limited. On November 6, 1994, Q’uo described the basic nature of how we could cause the infringement upon free will of another person:

When the healing and loving efforts offered to another are not accepted, it is well, then, to leave the door open to such entities that they will know that they are welcome always to move through that door and to accept that which is offered. More than this is not possible to accomplish without the infringement upon the free will of another, for it is necessary for entities to seek in order to find. It is not usually possible to find for another that which it does not seek. Thus, to remain open in the heart, to remain open in the offering, and to continue to give that of love from your heart to the other’s heart without expectation of return is the most that can be done. This is difficult for many who seek to be of service, especially to those that are loved dearly, yet it is that which must be accepted, for the free will of each entity is of paramount importance. For any progress to be made, the steps must be taken by each entity for the self.

There is no question but that in all of those three circumstances and more there is much infringement upon free will among your people. To those who feel that there is a question as to whether they are acting appropriately or whether they are moving beyond the bounds of acceptable influence and infringing upon another’s free will, we might suggest that, in your mind, you turn the tables and see the situation as happening the opposite way, not from you to another but from another to you. If, in that turnaround, you see the goodness of your actions, you are most likely behaving appropriately and maintaining unity between yourself and the other self. If, when you turn the tables, you realize you would resent such a thing were it to happen to you, then you know that you have infringed upon the rights, the peace, and the liberty of another. In general, you may trust that you are acting well when you are responding to another’s request by offering information or continuing a discussion.

Weunderstand that when you have been awakened, and excited, and impassioned for the good, the true, and the beautiful by truths that have been revealed to you that seem fair and worthy of being shared, it is a great temptation to share these wonderful truths with others as a way of relating to them. However, we would suggest that you refrain from doing so, relating to entities not by what you think but by who you are, giving yourself to the relationship with them, not your ideas. When relating self-to-self you may encourage and support the good that you see in another in any way that comes to you, but rest from sharing your opinions except insofar as they seem to spring up in conversation of their own accord. As we have said before through this instrument, it is perfectly fine to share a thought and let that thought drop like a seed on the ground of another’s consciousness. But, like Johnny Appleseed, do not look back when you have dropped that seed. Move on. It is not a concern of yours whether the seed takes root or whether it withers and dies.

Q’uo continued by saying there is no question that in those three circumstances there is infringement upon free will among our people, and to those who feel that there is a question as to whether we are acting appropriately, or whether we are moving beyond the bounds of acceptable influence and infringing upon another’s free will, Q’uo suggested that we see the situation as happening not from us to another but from another to us, and in that turnaround if we see the goodness of our actions, we are behaving appropriately and maintaining unity between our self and the other self, but when we turn the tables, if we realize we would resent such a thing were it to happen to us, then we know that we have infringed upon the rights of another, so we may trust that we are acting well when we are responding to another’s request by offering information or continuing a discussion. Q’uo continued by saying they understand that when we have been awakened for the good, the true, and the beautiful by truths that have been revealed to us that seem worthy of being shared, it is a temptation to share these truths with others as a way of relating to them, but they would suggest that we refrain from doing so, and that we relate to entities not by what we think but by who we are, giving our self to the relationship with them, and when relating self-to-self we may encourage the good that we see in another in any way that comes to us, but rest from sharing our opinions except insofar as they seem to spring up in conversation of their own accord, so as we have said before through Carla, it is fine to share a thought and let that thought drop like a seed on the ground of another’s consciousness, but do not look back when we have dropped that seed because it is not a concern of ours whether the seed takes root or whether it withers and dies. On May 18, 2019, Q’uo described what it feels like to be awakened on our spiritual journey to be of greater service to others:

You are quite correct, in that each entity who has awakened in a conscious fashion to the spiritual journey is now quite well aware that these times, indeed, are changing in their vibrational frequency, and the opportunity to grow is enhanced. The beginning response from most such seekers, is a feeling of “Can I do this? Is this possible?” This is stressful, but if you will take note of those times in your past when you have felt the same stress and anxiety and have moved forward nonetheless, and have done that which was so daunting to begin with, and have done well in such regard, know then, that you can do this now, as well.

You have asked concerning karma. In response, we would contemplate the power of words. If you bind another with ropes, it is obvious that you have infringed upon their free will. If you bind another with words, it is not at all obvious that free will has been abridged. And yet, especially when the one to whom you speak is one with whom you are in close relationship, the power of your words is great, perhaps greater than you realize. When you are listening, you can do no wrong. Supportive listening is a blessing to all, and you can err in no way as you listen. Words of encouragement are always welcome. They shall never infringe upon the free will of another. Encouragement and support create confidence between yourself and another, and give that entity to whom you speak gifts to take with him. Yet, how easy it is, when you know somebody very well, to be careless with your words. You know the other’s weaknesses. You know the other’s suffering. You know those points that are painful to contemplate. You know those memories, the reminder of which shall cause another pain. And when there is anger or resentment because of catalyst that has not yet been processed, how easy it is to push a button, to evoke a sad memory, or otherwise to cause pain by your words.

If you start a sentence, “This is what’s wrong with you,” think before you finish the sentence. If you must criticize, wait until your heart is full of love and compassion so that that which must justly be shared is shared in unity, in harmony, and in support. It is especially difficult to remember to be gentle with your words when others are ungentle with you. It is understandable and human to wish to defend yourself, and we encourage those words of defense that express your belief in yourself and in your worth. Be aware, however, of the temptation to give hurt for hurt, slight for slight, insult for insult. That entity which has insulted you, slighted you, or offended you in some way has given you a gift. You are blessed. There is always a blessing and a gift that accompanies being misunderstood, resented or otherwise hurt. That gift is the gift of self-knowledge. Self-knowledge then leads you to a greater awareness of yourself. All things that are challenging to you are those things which promote spiritual maturity in those who are willing to work with the catalyst that has been given. It is against the ways of your culture to give thanks for the challenges of insult and injury through words. It is the way of your culture to respond in words of anger.

Then Q’uo said we have asked concerning karma, and in response, they would contemplate the power of words, so if we bind another with ropes, it is obvious that we have infringed upon their free will, but if we bind another with words, it is not obvious that free will has been abridged, yet if the one to whom we speak is one with whom we are in close relationship, the power of our words is greater than we realize, so when we are listening, we can do no wrong, and words of encouragement are always welcome since they never infringe upon the free will of another, yet how easy it is, when we know somebody well, to be careless with our words because we know the other’s points that are painful to contemplate, and when there is anger because of catalyst that has not yet been processed, how easy it is to cause pain by our words. Then Q’uo said if we start a sentence, “This is what’s wrong with you,” think before we finish the sentence, and if we must criticize, wait until our heart is full of love so that which must be shared is shared in harmony and in support, but it is difficult to remember to be gentle with our words when others are ungentle with us, and it is understandable to wish to defend ourself, and Q’uo encouraged words of defense that express our belief in our self, but we must be aware of the temptation to give insult for insult, and that entity which has insulted us has given us a gift because there is always a gift that accompanies being misunderstood, and that gift is the gift of self-knowledge that leads us to a greater awareness of our self, so all things that are challenging to us promote spiritual maturity in us if we are willing to work with the catalyst that has been given, but it is against the ways of our culture to give thanks for the challenges of insult and injury through words since it is the way of our culture to respond in words of anger. On September 4, 1980, Q’uo spoke of the nature of our acquiring self-knowledge:

Seeking, my friends, is the nature of life. Seeking is the major awareness. Seeking is all that there is. Seeking occurs in the physical plane when the individual becomes aware of himself and his nature. It is normal at this point for the individual to seek an answer to the riddle of life.

Through this seeking, he then begins to know himself. The seeking then must turn inward and analyze each thought and the foundation for that thought, each action and the foundation for that action, each response the individual gives for an exterior catalytic action. Through this process of seeking self-knowledge, the individual is able to create a self that is more aware of the true nature of the creation in which he finds himself. This is the process of growth on your physical plane.

And my friends, we are aware of the rightness of the emotions that flood through you at those times. We do not discourage you from experiencing those emotions. We only encourage you to be aware of the power of your own words. Do the work that anger offers you, that resentment offers you, that suffering offers you, within yourself. Give yourself time to work through difficult emotions. But insofar as you are able, refrain from sharing those difficulties with those about you. Realize that it is a delicate thing to determine what is a just communication and what is a bullying or a manipulative conversation. We realize that you must play with these judgments endlessly as you strive for the most open and clear communication that you can find. We do not discourage the speaking of truth. We only note that there are many ways to approach truth. Further, there are the accompanying unspoken languages of tone, posture, facial expression and other points of body language which go into the communication that you are attempting to share with another.

The attention and the honest attempt to avoid hurtful and abusive language with another carries with it a high probability that no matter how imperfect your actual actions are, you shall not retain karma. All of you have considered at one time or another some situation where an entity had killed another and consequently had adhering karma from that act. There are many ways to acquire adhering karma. There is only one way to relieve karma and that is to forgive. If you feel that you have injured or harmed another, then we would encourage you to go to that person and ask for forgiveness. Then we would encourage you to go to yourself and ask for your forgiveness of yourself.

By far, the most adhering of karma is that which is self-judged. Do not fall into the trap of forgiving another but failing to forgive the self. For in a karmic transaction there are two. And the entire transaction must be forgiven before the wheel of karma can stop turning. How can you forgive yourself? It is indeed a quandary! For you, in your creation, are the judge. That which you forgive is forgiven. That which you do not forgive is unforgiven. Shall you be harsh or shall you be merciful? Have you the courage to forgive completely and start over? Can you die to old memory and awaken anew, an unblemished person? We ask that you give yourself permission to do so. In that way your life shall be sweet and there shall be no karma but only newness and the opportunity to bloom.

Q’uo went on to say they are aware of the rightness of the emotions that flood through us at those times, and they do not discourage us from experiencing those emotions, so they encourage us to be aware of the power of our words, so we must do the work that anger and suffering offers us within our self, and give our self time to work through difficult emotions, but as far as we are able, to refrain from sharing those difficulties with those about us since it is a delicate thing to determine what is just communication and what is manipulative conversation, and Q’uo realized that we must play with these judgments as we strive for the most clear communication that we can find, and they do not discourage our speaking of truth, but they noted that there are many ways to approach truth, and there are unspoken languages of posture, facial expression, and other forms of body language which go into the communication that we are attempting to share with another. Q’uo continued by saying the honest attempt to avoid hurtful language with another carries with it a probability that no matter how imperfect our actions are, we shall not retain karma, and all of us have considered at one time some situation where an entity had killed another and had karma from that act, and there are many ways to acquire karma but there is only one way to relieve karma, and that is to forgive, so if we feel that we have injured another, then Q’uo encouraged us to go to that person and ask for forgiveness, and then the encouraged us to go to our self and ask for our forgiveness of our self. Q’uo went on to say that most karma is that which is self-judged, so we must not fall into the trap of forgiving another but failing to forgive the self, for in a karmic transaction there are two, and the entire transaction must be forgiven before the wheel of karma can stop turning, and so forgiving our self can be a problem because we are the judge in our creation, and that which we forgive is forgiven, and that which we do not forgive is unforgiven, so: “Shall we be harsh or shall we be merciful? Have we the courage to forgive completely and start over? Can we die to old memory and awaken anew, an unblemished person? Q’uo asked that we give our self permission to do so. In that way our life shall be sweet and there shall be no karma but only newness and the opportunity to bloom.” On May 3, 1992, Q’uo spoke of how we may stop the wheel of karma:

Karma, in our opinion, is a kind of residual energy or momentum. An action which produces an imbalance between the giver and the receiver creates a bond of imbalance. This is called a karmic bond. The momentum is often visualized as circular, and thus the term “wheel of karma” is used to describe the way that a balance is offered repeatedly to those who are imbalanced. Again and again, a situation will occur in which an entity may forgive the self and the other self involved in this karmic tie. When forgiveness is complete—that is, there is forgiveness of the other self and of the self in full and unstopped measure—the wheel of karma stops.

We are those of Q’uo, and would ask at this time if there is a follow-up to that query, my brother?

D: Thank you, Q’uo. I think a lot of people would thank you for bringing light to that topic. I would ask if you could make the distinction between an awakened one speaking of truths, which you recommended against, and the giving of thoughts much like Johnny Appleseed and then moving on.

We are those of Q’uo, and believe we understand your query, my brother. The distinction between bending someone’s ear, as this instrument would say, and the dropping of thoughts is that in the dropping of thoughts, the one for whom the thought is dropped has no awareness that his ear is being bent. That subject which you feel is a beautiful opening for something that you would like to share has come up in conversation, and so you share it and you move on.

The line that is drawn here is between taking advantage of a conversation that happens to go in a direction in which you have something to share and in creating a conversation that gives you the opportunity to share. On the one hand, you are simply communicating back and forth and in a spontaneous way you have found a nugget that you’d like to share and so you do. If you create the conversation by bringing up the topic you wish to discuss, then in a subtle way you are herding or bullying this entity and hoping to have a certain effect upon him. Do not create the opportunity to share spiritual truths but only respond to openings in which such a truth is relevant and apt.

We are those of Q’uo, and would ask if we can answer you further, my brother?

D: That’s great. Thank you.

Is there another query at this time? We are those of Q’uo.

T: Yes, Q’uo. This is T, and I am trying to write about one of the biggest catalysts here in third density, which is money. I would like whatever advice you have to say about this catalyst which would be good, or bad, in a positive, service-to-others way.

We are aware of your query, my sister, and we are glad to speak to you concerning that which is called money. The virtue of money, or as this instrument would call it more generally, supply, is that it creates a way to fill the needs of the self and those who are dependent upon that self. Without money, the body has no way to be sheltered. There is no way to clothe a person without money. Money is a great blessing. There were times upon your planet when the barter system, as this instrument would call it, by and large replaced the need for coinage. In this system there was the give and take between peoples that respected all of the value of all of the various kinds of labor for which entities have gifts. There was an equal appreciation of hard work, such as labor in the land, artistry of various kinds, craftsmanship of various kinds and the services which entities could offer each other. In this environment supply was easier to see as that which flowed between entities as a kind of nutrient.

Perhaps it is well to think of wealth, or money, or supply as nutrient, a way of feeding the self the things that it needs. Money or supply, in and of itself, is innocent. It is rightly said in your holy works that the love of money is the root of all evil. When entities see money as a kind of energy that flows through their lives and extends out into others’ lives, then we feel that that money is given its appropriate value. It is a blessing to be able to pay the bills, as this instrument would say, to feed the belly, to clothe and shelter the body, to gain those things of which one finds need.

When that which may be called greed and acquisitiveness enters the thoughts concerning money, so that money is amassed and put aside for its own sake, it begins to be toxic. The values of such an entity no longer visualize money as a nutrient that flows ceaselessly through the culture, enriching it as it goes. Rather, it holds it and amasses it and stops the flow of it. There is a forgetfulness involved in such greed and that forgetfulness is the forgetting of the needs of other selves. Interestingly enough, it is to the one who is most generous with that nutrient of money and who makes sure that that which is received is passed on to whom abundance comes most easily. It is not to the one who holds, but to the one who opens the hand that more and more shall be given.

T’s question was: “This is T, and I am trying to write about one of the biggest catalysts here in third density, which is money. I would like whatever advice you have to say about this catalyst which would be good, or bad, in a positive, service-to-others way.” Q’uo said that they are aware of our query and are glad to speak to us concerning money, and the virtue of money is that it creates a way to fill our needs and the needs of those who are depending on us, and without money our body has no way to be sheltered, and there is no way to clothe our body without money, so money is a blessing, but there were times upon our planet when the barter system replaced the need for money, and in this system there was give and take between people that respected the value of the kinds of labor for which entities have gifts such as labor in the land, artistry of various kinds, and the services which entities could offer each other, so in this environment supply was easier to see as that which flowed between entities as a kind of nutrient. Now Q’uo said it is well to think of money, or supply, as a way of giving our self the things that we need since money is innocent, and it is said in our Holy Bible that the love of money is the root of all evil, but when we see money as an energy that flows through our lives and extends out into others’ lives, then money is given its appropriate value, and it is a blessing to be able to pay the bills, as Carla would say, and to gain those things of which we need. Q’uo continued by saying when greed enters our thoughts concerning money, so that money is amassed and put aside for its own sake, it begins to be toxic, so the values of such an entity no longer visualize money as a nutrient that flows through the culture, enriching it as it goes, but it amasses it and stops the flow of it, and there is a forgetfulness involved in such greed, and it the forgetting of the needs of other selves, so it is to the one who is most generous with that nutrient of money, and who makes sure that which is received is passed on, to whom abundance comes most easily, so it is not to the one who holds, but to the one who opens the hand that more and more shall be given. In 22.5, Ra spoke of the value of the barter system and the dangers of the concept of money:

Questioner: Then can you give me a— Can I assume, then, that this drastic drop from 700-year life span to one less than one hundred years in length during this second 25,000-year period was because of an intensification of a… of a condition of lack of service to others? Is this correct?

I am Ra. This is, in part, correct. By the end of the second cycle, the Law of Responsibility had begun to be effectuated by the increasing ability of entities to grasp those lessons which there are to be learned in this density. Thus, entities had discovered many ways to indicate a bellicose nature, not only as tribes or what you call nations, but in personal relationships, each with the other: the concept of barter having given way in many cases to the concept of money; also, the concept of ownership having won ascendancy over the concept of non-ownership on an individual or group basis.

May we answer you further, my sister? We are those of Q’uo.

T: Only briefly. I guess I want some clarification on amassing wealth. Most people tend to amass it and save it in another place, whether in businesses or corporation stocks or bonds, governments or municipals, or other things that go to keep the system going. Is that the same thing you’re talking about? Most people that amass wealth tend to put it to work somewhere.

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my sister. When one examines the thoughts behind conserving wealth, one shall see either a prudent plan for assuring the security of the family and so forth, or one shall see an unreasoning greed, a desire for money for its own sake. When there is a reasonable and just plan at work in the conserving of the work of your hands and the labors that are translated into salary, and money, and supply, there is no greed involved but only prudence.

We think, for instance, of the story from your holy work, of the rich man who was owed money by another. This man begged the rich man, saying he had no way to pay him and could he please forgive him the debt. The rich man relented and forgave him the debt. Then, that man turned around and demanded money that he was owed by another.

[Side one of tape ends.]

(Carla channeling)

And that man said, “Oh, but please forgive me for I have not the money to pay you.” But that man did not forgive the third man and demanded his money and when he could not pay, he threw that man into prison. The rich man, when faced with need, was generous. He was not greedy and he was not at fault, for he did not love money for its own sake, but only appreciated what it could do. On the other hand, the second man who, having been forgiven, could not forgive another, was an entity who loved money in a greedy way.

Does that make it clearer, by sister, or may we answer you further? We are those of Q’uo.

T: Thank you. That cleared it up.

May we ask if there is another query at this time? We are those of Q’uo.

D: Yes, Q’uo. I have another one. Could you speak on the relationship between psychic greeting and polarity, or how psychic greeting affects polarity?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. We would say, my brother, that there is no necessary connection between psychic greeting and polarity. If one experiences a psychic greeting, the experience may be difficult, to say the least. Yet, if the entity retains the self and allows the self to experience the psychic greeting without judgment, that entity’s true self has been allowed to maintain its integrity. It is often very difficult to refrain from responding to psychic greeting with vividly negative emotions.

Yet, in those circumstances, the ability to retain the memory of who the self is and what the polarity of the self is and to continue to affirm those truths about the self eliminates the likelihood that there will be a change in polarity. It is certainly possible to become greatly discouraged in the face of a psychic greeting, yet this does not necessarily change the polarity of the entity, if that person continues to affirm who he is and why he is here.

May we answer you further, my brother? We are those of Q’uo.

D: Let me just see if I can get you straight. You say that if a positive entity can maintain a loving attitude throughout, no matter how bad the psychic greeting is, he will maintain his polarity?

We are those of Q’uo, and believe we understand your query. That is correct, my brother. The ability to remember who one is is powerful, even in the face of very discouraging catalyst. If one is immobilized and unable to act, yet still, one is who one is, and if one clings to one’s true nature and remembers it in the face of discouraging catalyst, then that true self continues singing its song, vibrating as it vibrates, even as the emotions are ragged and torn. There is tremendous power in maintaining that memory and there is great help to those who strive to remain positive in the face of negative catalyst. There are many, many entities within the inner planes who respond in support and encouragement to those who call upon the principles they wish to confirm: goodness, love, beauty, those things that remain when all illusion is washed away.

May we answer you further, my brother?

D: That’s all. Thank you.

We thank you, my brother. We are those of Q’uo, and would ask if there is a final query at this time?

T: I have a brief one, just to continue on his thoughts. Does an entity’s polarity right now affect how strong the psychic greeting is, the stronger the entity is in service to others, the stronger the service-to-self psychic greeting?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my sister. The phenomenon of psychic greeting is a large subject. There are basically two kinds of psychic greeting. By far the most common is the greeting of the integrated personality by those parts of the personality that are not yet integrated and that perhaps have split apart from the integrated personality, so that parts of the self attack the self as if the self were another. The other type of psychic greeting involves an actual entity other than the self.

In the case of the greeting of the self by the self, the momentary vibration that is occurring at the time may well have something to do with why that greeting occurred. However, if the psychic greeting is coming from an entity outside the self, the momentary polarity of the entity will have almost nothing to do with the greeting. Rather, the greeting will have to do with how closely that entity is standing to the Light. When an entity is standing close to the Light, attempting to serve in some way that is above the ordinary, healing, teaching or in some way serving others, that Light reveals any small defect of character and shows to an outer entity the most likely place for a temptation or an incursion into the energy body. Consequently, those who are serving in such a way will find psychic greeting inevitable.

May we answer you further, my sister? We are those of Q’uo.

T: If you can. In this situation, being close to the Light doesn’t necessarily mean having an overall vibration of a strong service to others. It could be a situational “close to the Light”?

We are those of Q’uo. My sister, we believe we understand your query. The type of psychic greeting of which we were speaking involves those who intend to stand close to the Light. Those who merely brush against it situationally do not create enough of a persistent image to attract attention.

May we answer you further, my sister?

T: No. Thank you.

We thank you, my sister. We find that this instrument’s energy begins to wane and so we would, with great gratitude and thanks, take our leave of this instrument and this group, leaving each in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator. We are those known to you as the principle of Q’uo. Adonai.

This morning I ran some errands with my first stop being at Thieneman’s Nursery where I bought five flats of a mixture of Zinnias and Dahlias. Then I stopped in at Walmart’s where I bought some Choc-zero chocolates, a case of Pepsi-Zero, a case of Caffeine free Diet Coke, and some door latches. My third stop was at Anderson’s Sales and Service where I picked up my chainsaw that they sharpened for me. My last stop was at Walgreens’ Drug Store where I bought some Kleenexes and a birthday card for my aunt Margaret.

This afternoon I went outside and cleaned the filters on the fishpond that were clogged up with algae.

From A Book of Days, channeled by Carla L. Rueckert:

May 13

All Are Loved

I am of the principle of the divine consciousness of Love, and I greet you in that Love.

We find, as we often find in using this instrument, that the instrument so despairs of its own worth in the spiritual sense as a fit conduit for the Holy Spirit of the Lord Jesus Christ that it is almost impossible for an open channel to be held in a stable manner.

It is unfortunate that the perception of so many pilgrims is that in some way they must earn by worth or works the right to spiritual experiences. Indeed, it is just in the opposite way that the Spirit may work. For if an entity is concerned at all with self the concern aids in blocking the free flow of the Spirit.

Once the desire for surrender to the Spirit is clear within a pilgrim there is far less resistance to the flow of energy which is the hallmark of the Spirit. And so, we suggest to this and all pilgrims who are concerned that they are not worthy of spiritual gifts. That no one is worthy or unworthy. All are loved.

We leave you in the peace of Love, which demands and expects nothing but the beautiful essence of each and every spirit, now and ever. Amen.

I said the prayer at the Gaia Meditation tonight:

We come in the name of love and open our hearts, minds, and souls to send love, light, and healing energy to Mother Earth as she brings forth a new Earth in the fourth density. We ask that the infinite love, light, and healing energy of the One Infinite Creator heal the hearts of all souls in pain on Earth tonight. May all souls on Earth feel our love, light, and healing energy in their hearts, their minds, and their souls. Amen.

I did the Morning Offering and then got myself ready for the day. The Q’uo quote today comes from February 28, 2009:

Question from L: In the Ra Material there is the use of the slash in between words and phrases, for instance, “mind/body/spirit complex,” “time/space” and “space/time.” Two other examples are “light/love” and “love/light.” I understand that with the phrase “mind/body/spirit complex” each of those words indicates a part of the whole. With “time/space” and “space/time” I’m not quite sure about that. I don’t understand the significance of why there are times when the word “time” comes before “space,” or the word “space” comes before “time.” With “light/love” and “love/light” it seems that both of those are parts of the whole or two sides of the same coin and I don’t understand why “light” sometimes appears before “love” and “love” sometimes before “light.” Can you help me with that?

(Carla channeling)

We are those known to you as the principle of Q’uo. Greetings, my friends, in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator, in whose service we come to you this evening. It is our privilege and our pleasure to be called to your circle of seeking. And we thank you for calling us. We are happy to speak with you concerning the terms, “mind/body/spirit complex,” “love/light” and “light/love,” “time/space” and “space/time,” in which the slashes seem to loom large. However, we would, as always, request of each of you that you use your powers of discrimination as you listen to or read these words, selecting those thoughts that resonate to you and leaving the rest behind. In this way we shall feel free to share our opinions without being concerned that we shall interfere with the natural progress of your spiritual walk. We thank you for this consideration.

When one is attempting to speak to the heart of meaning, one tends to chose one’s words carefully. When the subject is concerned with the nature of the fabric of that which we would call “reality,” for lack of a better term, it sometimes presses the limits of the language that is used in everyday life. It is difficult to find language which is precise within the confines of daily discourse. The terms that you mention, my sister, in your question are all truths which refer to elements of this so-called reality which have a character that escapes the confines of the words used normally to describe them. To create a more complex response to your question, my sister, we note that slashes, that punctuation mark between words to which you refer, are not used the same way in all applications. So, we ask you to be patient with us as we take one term at a time.

We would start with the term that was developed by those of Ra to describe and define a person, a human being on Planet Earth in the third density of its cycles. It would seem that the term “person” is adequate to describe a human being. And yet, in terms of spiritual and metaphysical things, it is an entirely inadequate term. For a person is not a physical being alone. A person is also a citizen of eternity, an imperishable and infinite being, full of mystery, relating not only to Earth, but also to sky; not only to humanhood but also to divinity; not only to that which can be seen but that which can never be seen. The three terms are not used interchangeably, that is, in any order, because the body is the creature of the mind. The mind comes first in the complex descriptor “mind/body/spirit complex.” The body comes next, for the body and the mind together create the earthly being. Only thirdly comes the term “spirit.”

L’s question was: “I don’t understand the significance of why there are times when the word “time” comes before “space,” or the word “space” comes before “time.” With “light/love” and “love/light” it seems that both of those are parts of the whole or two sides of the same coin and I don’t understand why “light” sometimes appears before “love” and “love” sometimes before “light.” Can you help me with that?” Q’uo began by saying when we are attempting to speak to the heart of meaning, we tend to choose our words carefully, and when the subject is concerned with the nature of that which Q’uo would call “reality,” it sometimes presses the limits of the language that is used in our life, so it is difficult to find language which is precise within our experience of daily life, and the terms that we mentioned in our question are all truths which refer to elements of this so-called reality which have a character that escapes the confines of the words used to describe them, so to create a complex response to our question Q’uo noted that slashes, that punctuation mark between words to which we refer, are not used the same way in all applications, and they asked us to be patient with them as they take one term at a time. Q’uo continued by saying we would start with the term that was developed by those of Ra to describe a person on Earth in the third density of its cycles because it would seem that the term “person” is adequate to describe a human being, yet, in terms of spiritual things, it is an entirely inadequate term, for a person is not a physical being alone, but a person is also an infinite being, full of mystery, relating to Earth, but also to divinity which can be seen, but that which can never be seen, and these three terms are not used in any order, because the body is the creature of the mind, and the mind comes first in the description of our “mind/body/spirit complex,” and the body comes next, for the body and the mind together create the earthly being, so thirdly comes the term “spirit.” On January 16, 2016, Q’uo described how the body is a creature of the mind:

Thus, the mind creates the body. The body is the creature of the mind. The body then allows the mind to move within your illusion—to have its being made manifest within the third density so that work may be done in consciousness; that you may make the choice of how you shall polarize or continue your movement once you become consciously aware that such is possible and, indeed, such is necessary in order to move upon your spiritual journey. The body allows the mind to speak through the mouth, the lips, the tongue, the teeth; words may be formed, thoughts may be translated into words which may be shared with others. The creation of words, then, becomes the putting of power into form, into concept, into image, putting these images together in letters forming words and the words sentences, and so forth, until you are able to express that which you feel, that which you think, that which you are, that which you desire, that towards which you move.

And indeed the spirit is not an equal partner with mind and body. Rather it is a shuttle from which information and inspiration can flow from the metaphysical universe into the physical universe and from the larger world of essences and beings of all descriptions to the awareness of you, the entity within incarnation in third density. With only mind and body you should be wholly a creature of the Earth, just as are the mountains, the flowers, and the animals. However, the gift of third density to the animal called human is that wondrous gateway of spirit that cannot be denied and that springs forth from every human heart to sanctify and bless the experience of life and the hope of eternity.

In this application those slashes are as hyphens, used instead of hyphens because of the considerations of this instrument and those within this circle of seeking that were responsible for the creation of the transcription of the original recordings of the conversation between the one known as Don and the group known as Ra. It was felt by those of Ra that since the questions of who a person is and why a person is in the experience of life on Planet Earth were to be treated over a period of time, it was necessary to create a term which would define itself, so that each entity who became aware of the conversation would be able to understand without further questioning how the ones known as Ra saw personhood. Consequently, that term was created in order to replace the term “person.” The implications of the term are substantial and far reaching, and it is an integral part of understanding human nature, shall we say, that we wished to convey, and still do wish to convey, that this term was created and has been used by those who have followed the group known as Ra in speaking with this group.

Then Q’uo said the spirit is not an equal partner with mind and body because it is a shuttle from which inspiration can flow from the metaphysical universe into the physical universe and from the world of essences and beings to our awareness within incarnation in third density, and with only the mind and body we would be a creature of the Earth, just as are the mountains, the flowers, and the animals, but the gift of third density to the human animal is that gateway of spirit that springs forth from every human heart to sanctify our experience of life and our hope of eternity. Q’uo went on to say in this application those slashes are used instead of hyphens because of the considerations of Carla and those within this circle of seeking that were responsible for the transcription of the original recordings of the conversation between Don and Ra, and it was felt by Ra that since the questions of who a person is and why a person is in the experience of life on Earth were to be treated over a period of time, it was necessary to create a term which would define itself, so that each of us who became aware of the conversation would be able to understand how Ra saw personhood, so that term was created in order to replace the term “person,” and the implications of the term are far reaching, and it is an integral part of understanding human nature that Q’uo still wished to say that this term was created and has been used by those who have followed the group known as Ra in speaking with this group. In 80.14, Ra said that our spirit is a shuttle:

Questioner: I didn’t intend to get too far ahead of my questioning process here. The either positively or negatively polarized adept, then, is building a potential to draw directly on the spirit for power. Is this correct?

I am Ra. It would be more proper to say that the adept is calling directly through the spirit to the universe for its power, for the spirit is a shuttle.

The next set of terms we would wish to discuss is the set, “space/time” and “time/space.” And to discuss this we would like to move back from the term into a consideration of the nature of third density upon your planet. The environment which you experience as third-density Earth is an environment which is highly polarized. The very fabric of third density sings of polarity. As this instrument was discussing earlier today with the Live Chat group with whom it meets on each Saturday afternoon, the central glyph of third-density space/time is the Star of David. That glyph is made up of two triangles or pyramids, the upward-pointing pyramid or the delta being the male principle, the downward-pointing pyramid being the female. The female principle rests and awaits the reaching of the male principle, which then covers the female principle, creating in that union the shape of the Star of David.

Wherever you look in third density there are polarities. There are physical polarities such as male and female, light and dark, warm and cold. There are moral polarities such as good and evil, positive and negative, radiant and magnetic. The learnings of third density have to do with choosing one of two polarities of the ethical kind, service to others or service to self, and in moving along the line of that polarity, in accentuating it and accentuating it further, until you have, by polarizing, created yourself as a person of power. It is against this backdrop that we would speak of space/time and time/space. We wished to establish this background before we spoke of the Reciprocal System of Physics created by the one known as Dewey. In questioning the Ra group concerning the nature of reality the one known as Don used the language of the system of physics created by the one known as Dewey when asking his questions, and the ones of Ra responded accordingly.

Q’uo went on to say the next set of terms they would wish to discuss are, “space/time” and “time/space,” and to discuss this they would like to move back from the terms into a consideration of the nature of third density upon our planet since the environment which we experience as third-density Earth is an environment which is highly polarized, and the fabric of third density sings of polarity, and as Carla was discussing earlier today with the Live Chat group with whom she meets on each Saturday afternoon, the central symbol of third-density space/time is the Star of David, and that symbol is made up of two triangles with the upward-pointing triangle being the male principle, the downward-pointing triangle being the female, so the female principle rests and awaits the reaching of the male principle, which then covers the female principle, creating in that union the shape of the Star of David. Q’uo went on to say wherever we look in third density there are physical polarities such as male and female, light and dark, warm and cold, and there are moral polarities such as good and evil, positive and negative, radiant and magnetic, so the learnings of third density have to do with choosing one of two polarities of service to others or service to self, and in moving along the line of that polarity, and accentuating it until we have, by polarizing, created our self as a person of power, and it is against this backdrop that Q’uo would speak of space/time and time/space, so they wished to establish this background before they spoke of the Reciprocal System of Physics created by Dewey Larson, for in questioning Ra concerning the nature of reality Don used the language of the system of physics created by Dewey when asking his questions, and Ra responded accordingly. On October 14, 2023, Q’uo said that we are here now on Earth to make the choice of service to others or service to self:

For the graduation into the fourth density is at hand, and the planet itself has moved into that realm of vibration. And the various population members of the planet are scattered throughout the spectrum and have not been able to, shall we say, point the needle of the compass into one direction of service to others or service to self, but yet dwell within the sinkhole of indifference. These wanderers have made an agreement, shall we say, to come here and to help those entities who have not been able to utilize their own desire to seek more and more of the Creator within themselves; that desire still remaining within the subconscious mind, the conscious mind being unaware of this nature. Thus, the wanderer has come to aid in the evolution of each of the entities upon planet Earth and may, when it is completed its mission, shall we say, move back to the home density.

Through this instrument we can only be general about the nature of the system of physics known as the Reciprocal System. However, the central equation of this system of physics is an equation that can be written in two ways, hence the term “Reciprocal System.” V stands for velocity in this equation. S stands for space, and T, for time. The equation is written either, v=s/t or v=t/s. Here my sister, the slashes are used as mathematicians use a slash, to indicate that one can be divided by the other. The one known as Dewey posited that there were two reciprocal creations that depended from the nature of the fabric of consciousness which he posited as v or velocity.

In one way of looking at or experiencing the fabric of consciousness, the mismatch between space and time favors space. Because of this mismatch there is a periodicity to this fabric of consciousness as if a pointillist were painting a canvas and were creating dots that, when looked at, becomes a field of color. In the space time universe or the universe of s/t, the mismatch favors space. There is created an illusion in which space was a field and time was a river. In the metaphysical universe which is the reciprocal of the physical universe, the mismatching of time and space favors time. And so consequently, in this metaphysical universe time is the field and space is the river.

Q’uo continued by saying through Carla that they can only be general about the nature of the system of physics known as the Reciprocal System, so the main equation of this system of physics is an equation that can be written in two ways, hence the term “Reciprocal System” where V stands for velocity in this equation; S stands for space; and T, for time, and the equation is written either, v=s/t or v=t/s, so here the slashes are used as mathematicians use a slash, to indicate that one can be divided by the other, and Dewey said that there were two reciprocal creations that came from the nature of the fabric of consciousness which he described as v or velocity. Then Q’uo said in one way of looking at the fabric of consciousness, the mismatch between space and time favors space, and because of this mismatch there is a periodicity to this fabric of consciousness as if a painter were painting a canvas and was creating dots that, when looked at, becomes a field of color, and in the space time universe of s/t, the mismatch favors space, so there is created an illusion in which space was a field, and time was a river, and in the metaphysical universe which is the reciprocal of the physical universe, the mismatching of time and space favors time, so in this metaphysical universe time is the field, and space is the river. In 41.20, Ra talks about s/t and t/s:

Questioner: Could you tell me the difference between space/time and time/space?

Ra: I am Ra. Using your words, the difference is that between the visible and invisible or the physical and metaphysical. Using mathematical terms, as does the one you call Larson, the difference is that between s/t and t/s.

When entities speak of time travel, they speak, in everyday 3D terms, of a science fiction, an impossibility. However, in the time/space or metaphysical universe it is the only way to travel, shall we say. For it is the field and space is that which flows. The inner planes of your illusion are within time/space. Your thoughts, before they reach the conscious, word-making process, are in time/space. Consciousness, that ground of being which creates a unity of the universe, manifests in time/space. Consequently, if we speak of space/time we are speaking of the everyday waking reality/illusion of third-density Planet Earth. When the term “time/space” is used, it indicates or refers to the metaphysical universe. Within time/space the past, present, future are a kind of globe, shall we say, for we wish to indicate a three-dimensional shape rather than a flat shape such a circle. We wish to indicate a living, rounded shape. Each incarnation that you experience is as a radius which always points back to the center of that circle of incarnations. At the center of that globe is your soul stream, the collector of all experiences and the giver of all experiences to the one infinite Creator.

The terms “light/love” and “love/light” depend from the terms “space/time” and “time/space.” When we of the Confederation speak of the one great original Thought of unconditional Love which created all that there is, we speak in terms of Love/Light. When we speak of the manifested Logos, the seen worlds, we are speaking of Light/Love. The energy from the one infinite Creator is sent forth from the central sun to the heart of Planet Earth. It is that energy which your beloved Mother gives back to you as the infinite flow of the Creator, that moves from the feet upwards through the body and out the body through the top of the head. We are speaking of the energy body, you understand. We are speaking of Light/Love. There are profound understandings wrapped into these terms, and we are glad to offer any follow-up queries that you may have, my sister. We are those of Q’uo.

Now Q’uo said when we speak of time travel we speak, in third density terms of science fiction, an impossibility, but in the time/space universe it is the only way to travel, for it is the field, and space is that which flows, and the inner planes of our illusion are within time/space, and your thoughts, before they reach the conscious, word-making process, are in time/space, so consciousness, that ground of being which creates a unity of the universe, manifests in time/space, so if we speak of space/time we are speaking of the everyday waking illusion of third-density Earth, and when the term “time/space” is used, it refers to the metaphysical universe, and within time/space the past, present, and future are a kind of globe, for we wish to indicate a three-dimensional shape rather than a flat shape, and we wish to indicate a living, rounded shape because each incarnation that you experience is as a radius which always points back to the center of that circle of incarnations, and at the center of that globe is your soul stream, the collector of all experiences and the giver of all experiences to the one infinite Creator. Q’uo went on to say  the terms “light/love” and “love/light” depend from the terms “space/time” and “time/space,” so when we of the Confederation speak of the one great original Thought of unconditional Love which created all that there is, we speak in terms of Love/Light, and when we speak of the Logos, the physical worlds, we are speaking of Light/Love, and the energy from the one infinite Creator is sent forth from the Central Sun to the heart of Earth, for it is that energy which your beloved Mother gives back to you as the infinite flow of the Creator, that moves from the feet upwards through the body and out the body through the top of the head, so we are speaking of the energy body, and we are speaking of Light/Love, and there are profound understandings wrapped into these terms. On October 5, 2003, Q’uo spoke of our energy body’s ability to give us access to the unconditional Love of the Creator:

For there is good in many different points of view within, all of which may come together in ways that are not helpful. Yet each item within the mix is helpful to consider, helpful to gaze at, perhaps over time. It is a subtle thing to become more familiar with the self without judging the self, and this is the goal of one who is attempting to free up those stuck places within. Once one is relatively balanced within the energy body from red, orange, and yellow then the heart is able to get full energy and that full blast of unconditional Love that the Creator puts out in infinite quantity and quality at all times. Energy is finally able to move through into the heart in a powerful way.

We are glad to offer any follow-up queries that you may have, my sister. We are those of Q’uo.

[Pause]

We are those of Q’uo, and as there is no follow-up to the first query, we would ask if there are other queries in the group at this time.

D: Yes, Q’uo, I had a question about crystals, specifically quartz crystals. When held in one hand a cool energy can be felt emanating from it. I was wondering what this is doing to a person’s energy field. Thank you.

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. The energy body of each of you is of a crystalline nature. It is sensitive in the extreme and it is easily moved by the Light which has been configured through other crystals. As the energy body is developed through the course of an incarnation, where the energy body is strong it forms sometimes quite complex crystals that are of surpassing beauty. The energy that moves through crystals such as quartz is Light energy and, just like your energy body, the crystalline body of the quartz receives Light and transduces it in certain ways and sends it out as a function of its being, not as an activity but as its essence. While it is clear from its effects that a crystal is active, it is not conscious in the way that you are conscious. It receives and sends Light according to its nature.

When a crystal and a human being have interacted over a period of time, a crystal can become that which holds life, not of itself but as a thought-form which is the gift of the consciousness of the human. And in that sense a crystal can become highly individuated. However, of its own nature it is as it is, whereas the energy body of the human is in constant flux. The light sent forth in its regular configuration by a quartz crystal, then, moves into the field of the energy body and has certain healing characteristics which interact in a complementary and helpful way with those energies of the energy body which have become somewhat disorganized or weakened by virtue of there being a narrowing of the flow of the Light/Llove of the infinite Creator through the energy body. Consequently, the crystal has a tendency to be a healing stone, as experienced by the person.

D’s question was: “Yes, Q’uo, I had a question about crystals, specifically quartz crystals. When held in one hand a cool energy can be felt emanating from it. I was wondering what this is doing to a person’s energy field.” Q’uo said the energy body of each of us is of a crystalline nature, and it is sensitive and easily moved by the Light which has been configured through other crystals, so as our energy body is developed through the course of an incarnation, where our energy body is strong it forms complex crystals that are of surpassing beauty, and the energy that moves through crystals such as quartz is Light energy and, just like our energy body, the crystalline body of the quartz receives Light and transduces it, and sends it out as the essence of its being, and while it is clear from its effects that a crystal is active, it is not conscious in the way that we are conscious since it receives and sends Light according to its nature. Now Q’uo said when we have interacted with a crystal over a period of time, a crystal can become that which holds life, not of itself, but as a thought-form which is the gift of our consciousness, and in that sense a crystal can become highly individuated, but of its own nature it is as it is, whereas our energy body is in constant flux, so the Light sent forth in its regular configuration by a quartz crystal moves into the field of our energy body and has healing characteristics which interact in a helpful way with those energies of our energy body which have become somewhat weakened by virtue of there being a narrowing of the flow of the Light/Love of the infinite Creator through our energy body, so the crystal has a tendency to be a healing stone, as we experience it. In 57.6, Ra described how the crystal may be used in healing:

Take, then, the crystal, and feel your polarized and potentiated, balanced energy channeled in green-ray healing through your being, going into and activating the crystalline regularity of frozen light, which is the crystal. The crystal will resound with the charged light of incarnative love and light energy and will begin to radiate in specified fashion, beaming, in required Light vibrations, healing energy, focused and intensified towards the magnetic field of the mind/body/spirit complex which is to be healed. This entity requesting such healing will then open the armor of the overall violet/red-ray protective vibratory shield. Thus the inner vibratory fields, from center to center in mind, body, and spirit, may be interrupted and adjusted momentarily, thus offering the one to be healed the opportunity to choose a less distorted inner complex of energy fields and vibratory relationships

May we answer you further, my brother? We are those of Q’uo.

D: Yes. Is there any detrimental effect that could happen if a quartz crystal is used for meditation very often?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. In general, the tendency of the use of the crystal for meditation is positive. We would make two conditions upon that totally positive effect. The first is that energy bodies, just as people in their physical form, vary tremendously. What is meat and drink to one energy body will be poison to another. Consequently, there is no way to generalize when speaking of the use of crystals. The proximity of the crystal to the person and the duration of that time in which the crystal and the person are in close connection vary in terms of the optimal use from person to person. Consequently, we would encourage each who uses crystals to be fully aware of the effects of that crystal and to monitor the self to be sure that there is not an overdose, shall we say, of proximity or longevity of connection to the crystal.

As an example we would offer this instrument. This instrument may tolerate a generally offered crystal such as the one in this particular room, which the one known as G and the one known as L gave to L/L Research, with no ill effects whatsoever. However, when this instrument received a so-called healing tree which was made of quartz, this instrument found it impossible to sleep in proximity to this crystal in spite of the fact that it was much smaller than the crystal in the living room offered for general use. The intention of the healing crystal was such that it was not easily tolerated by this entity and to this day it remains at a safe distance from this entity’s sleeping quarters. Do not assume that a crystal shall be helpful or unhelpful, but rather experiment with it and build your intelligence with personal experience.

The other consideration which might limit the usefulness of a quartz crystal in meditation is its shape. Often such crystals are crafted into pyramids, and when crystals are in this particular shape they are more powerful because of the geometry of the energy field created by the shape. Such changes to the crystal create a more powerful crystal. At the same time that power can become toxic if kept within the energy field over what in your time would be 20 to 30 minutes. With those two caveats, my brother, the use of the quartz crystal in meditation is encouraged. May we answer you further my brother?

D’s second question was: “Is there any detrimental effect that could happen if a quartz crystal is used for meditation very often?” Then Q’uo said the use of the crystal for meditation is positive, and they would put two conditions upon that positive effect, and the first is that energy bodies vary tremendously, so what is meat and drink to one energy body will be poison to another, and there is no way to generalize when speaking of the use of crystals, and so the location of the crystal to us and the duration of that time in which we and the crystal are in close connection vary in terms of the best use from person to person, so Q’uo encouraged each of us who uses crystals to be aware of the effects of the crystal and to monitor our self to be sure that there is not an overdose of closeness or length of connection to the crystal. Q’uo continued by saying that as an example we would offer Carla because she may tolerate a crystal, such as G and L gave to L/L Research, with no ill effects whatsoever, but when she received a healing tree which was made of quartz, she found it impossible to sleep close to this crystal in spite of the fact that it was much smaller than the crystal in the living room, so the intention of the healing crystal was such that it was not tolerated by her, and to this day it remains at a safe distance from her bedroom, so do not assume that a crystal shall be helpful or unhelpful, but rather experiment with it and build your intelligence with personal experience. Then Q’uo said the other consideration which might limit the usefulness of a quartz crystal in meditation is its shape because often crystals are crafted into pyramids, and when crystals are in this shape, they are more powerful because of the geometry of the energy field created by the shape, and that power can become toxic if kept within the energy field over 20 to 30 minutes, so with those two caveats the use of the quartz crystal in meditation is encouraged. In 66.27, Ra suggested that the crystal under the pillow should be used for no more than 30 minutes:

Questioner: How many applications of thirty minutes or less during a diurnal period would be appropriate?

Ra: I am Ra. In most cases, no more than one. In a few cases, especially where the energy will be used for spiritual work, experimentation with two shorter periods might be possible, but any feeling of sudden weariness would be a sure sign that the entity had been over-radiated.

D: That’s very enlightening. Thank you

We thank you, my brother. It is a marvelous thing to be able to speak with you. May we ask if there is another query at this time? We are those of Q’uo.

R: I have a follow-up question, Q’uo, on the terminology used by Ra in the Law of One. When the expressions “space/time” and “time/space” are used they refers to third-density consciousness. Does the same reciprocal arrangement exist in fourth, fifth, and sixth densities?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. The terms of physical vs. metaphysical or space/time vs. time/space are indeed those that hold sway throughout the densities. It must be remembered, however, my brother, that there is a quantum difference between each density. Light itself changes, becoming more dense, and consequently it is not a one-to-one ratio simply because apples are not oranges, and third- density Light is not fourth-density Light and so forth. However, with that understood we may answer in the affirmative. Yes, those distinctions hold sway throughout the densities until such time as time and space are no more, thought is no more, and all gifts are given, all harvests have been accepted, and the Creator sleeps once again in Its infinite mystery.

May we answer you further, my brother? We are those of Q’uo.

R: Yes, if the instrument still has enough energy for more questions.

We are those of Q’uo. This instrument is sufficiently energized to continue taking questions for some time yet, if there are indeed any questions in the group. We thank you for your infinite thoughtfulness towards this instrument and praise you for it. We would ask then if there is another query at this time. We are those of Q’uo.

R: I have a question about the expression of love/light vs. light/love. I thought that perhaps love/light might refer to beingness or energy that is potentiated but not yet expressed while the use of the term “light/love” would indicate doing-ness or action, energy that is expressed, light. Can you comment on whether this is accurate?

We are those of Q’uo. We can comment, my brother, but cannot say precisely that you are accurate. Rather, we would say that you have something by the tail. You have the essence of it. There is, from the standpoint of the infinite Creator, as much action and essence in Light/Love as in Love/Light. From the standpoint of third density, in space/time the Light/Love which is used to manifest all things in the creation is builded of Light/Love rather than Love/Light. However, the activity of Light/Love is not the activity of the human. Rather, it is the activity of the Light expressing its nature by creating rotations and gradations of rotation that develop the elements of your universe. The Love/Light is instinct with the one great original Thought. While this original Thought is the Creator of all that is, It remains Itself an essence full of Love. And in that way, my brother, you had the gist of it in saying that the Love/Light was beingness and Light/Love was activity. But it is the activity of the Creator and the beingness of the Creator, as opposed to the activity and the beingness of a person living in third density or indeed of ourselves.

May we answer you further, my brother? We are those of Q’uo.

R: Actually, I thought about it in those terms but I didn’t say it like that. So, hearing you comment on it helps me to get the better grasp. I will, however, continue with one more question, which is about universes. It does not concern the terminology that you have described. But, as you were speaking of the densities reaching completion and the energy moving back into the Creator, I wanted to ask if the universes that exist beyond this one in which we are experiencing our dance of the creation and the beings in those universes interact or are aware of each other in some way. I ask this question because I am aware that in the information that came through the Pleiadian contact with the one known as Billy Meier, the fourth-density entities that contacted him were describing another universe with which they were able to interact. My thought was, is it possible, from that philosophical standpoint, that one universe can interact with another while it is in progress, before it collapses back to the Creator?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. We may say that there is a problem in terminology betwixt the information from the one known as Billy and the information which we offer, in that to our understanding there is one universe at a time and space, if we may use a pun. The universe as a whole moves through the densities and lives and then is completed as one universe. There are certainly many of what you would call distant experiences to yours within this universe. The energies of one part of the universe do indeed interact with others and there has been discussion of the possibility of those from the next octave being able to move back into this octave from one reason or another. Of that we can say nothing for sure.

May we answer you further, my brother? We are those of Q’uo.

R: Then if I understand you correctly, consciousness moves through one octave, and then moves into the following octave, but the interaction between those two is that about which you cannot really speak. Is that accurate?

We are those of Q’uo, and my brother, you have it. Is there a final query at this time? We are those of Q’uo.

R: Not from me Q’uo, thank you

G: Q’uo, I have a query. Often my experience takes on the quality of a dream, where reality loses its hard and linear edges, and I sense a funny and joyful weirdness about the contents of the moment. I look at myself, my environment, and I’m just baffled sometimes, in a positive way, that any of it exists at all. I was wondering if this is symptomatic of awakening within the third-density illusion in general, or is this more specific to the experience of living on the cusp of the density change, or am I just losing my mind?

Weare those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. Of those three alternatives, pleasant as each may be to contemplate, we find that your first supposition is correct. The universe and yourself within the universe are far, far different and far less concrete than meets the waking eye or the unthinking mind. Truly, each entity is held in place not by gravity, but by his own set of parameters, self-administered and self-perpetuating. We are not saying that the physical laws of the physical universe do not exist, for they do, my brother, and to your great benefit. They create a stable illusion within which you may experience the progress of a lifetime of experience and collect and consider your experiences.

However, the inner life, the life of the spirit within, is held in place at first by the tacit acceptance of what each other entity in the surrounding milieu accepts, and then by the perpetuation of that acceptance. This instrument uses the phrase “thinking outside the box.” Within the inner life you begin with a box which consists of all the suppositions you have accepted as true. Within this box are many systems and subsystems, all with their perpetuating energy. As you begin to loosen yourself from the suppositions with which you began your inner life, you gently and sometimes abruptly step outside the box. You are then free to the extent you are able to take advantage of this increased awareness to alter the way energy works within your particular inner world. Then the limitations of your environment are those chosen by you. The difference between one who is unconsciously limited in the inner life and one who is consciously limited in the inner life is that the seeker who has begun to penetrate the outer illusion and who knows that he creates his reality is far more able to take advantage of those times which seem so dislocating and dreamlike, by molding that dream to match his hopes, his desires, and his intentions.

G asked: “Often my experience takes on the quality of a dream, where reality loses its hard and linear edges, and I sense a funny and joyful weirdness about the contents of the moment. I look at myself, my environment, and I’m just baffled sometimes, in a positive way, that any of it exists at all. I was wondering if this is symptomatic of awakening within the third-density illusion in general, or is this more specific to the experience of living on the cusp of the density change, or am I just losing my mind?” Q’uo said we find that your first supposition is correct, and the universe and you, within the universe, are far different and less concrete than meets the waking eye, for each entity is held in place, not by gravity, but by his own set of self-perpetuating parameters, so we are not saying that the laws of the physical universe do not exist, for they do, and to your benefit, and they create a stable illusion within which you may experience the progress of a lifetime of experience and consider your experiences. Q’uo went on to say the inner life of the spirit within is held in place at first by the acceptance of what each entity in the surrounding milieu accepts, so Carla uses the phrase “thinking outside the box,” and within the inner life you begin with a box which consists of all the suppositions you have accepted as true, and within this box are many systems, all with their perpetuating energy, so as you begin to loosen yourself from the suppositions with which you began your inner life, you step outside the box, and you are then free to the extent you are able to take advantage of this increased awareness to alter the way energy works within your inner world, and then the limitations of your environment are those chosen by you, so the difference between one who is unconsciously limited in the inner life and one who is consciously limited in the inner life is that the seeker who has begun to penetrate the outer illusion and who knows that he creates his reality is more able to take advantage of those times which seem dreamlike by molding that dream to match his intentions. On November 9, 1986, Q’uo spoke of how we may penetrate the outer illusion:

We might suggest that when one discovers within the life pattern that which appears as a blockage and which repeats itself, that one might embrace such seeming blockage as an obvious opportunity to avail the self of a certain lesson, a lesson which might yet lie beyond the grasp of understanding and present itself in a manner which might seem to disturb or to be disharmoniously experienced, even confusing and contradictory.

Such repeated patterns may provide to the diligent student a kind of riddle which when moved about within the mind and seen from various perspectives begins to unfold itself when one has been able to work with the pattern in a fashion which at once cherishes the seeming difficulty and moves to penetrate the outer illusion and seeming configuration in order that a more basic understanding of the nature of the self and its manner of learning might be gained.

May we answer you further, my brother? We are those of Q’uo.

G: I’ll try to be very brief. You said that the seeker, when experiencing these dreamlike moments, could take advantage of them by using the moment, molding the moment to his hopes, desires, and intentions. I take it then that this can be affected simply by stating, by affirming, by requesting that which one seeks.

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. This is basically correct. There is an element at such times of resting within the dream, and appreciating the difference in the way life feels. The energies of such moments is that which is indeed to be appreciated and it is not necessary to use these moments. It is sufficient in some cases to enjoy and be present within them. However, these are those moments of increased liquidity, where the maturing seeker may begin to loosen the fetters which he has experienced binding him, yet loosening them in a way that is consonant with his ideas, his hopes, and dreams.

May we answer you further, my brother? We are those of Q’uo.

G: No, we’ll let the instrument recoup and conclude, and we all thank you, Q’uo.

We are those of Q’uo, and my brother, we thank you. Indeed, we thank each who came with questions this evening. And we thank all of those within this circle for the heady opportunity to share our humble thoughts. It has been a privilege and a pleasure, as we said before, and we relish these times together. We thank you for allowing us to be of service in the way we have chosen. And we assure you that your beauty is astounding. We thank you for being those who have set aside time and space, or space and time, to pursue the truth, to behold beauty, and to dwell in the precincts of love unconditional. We are those known to you as the principle of Q’uo. We leave you, as we found you, in the love and the light of the one infinite Creator. Adonai. Adonai vasu.

This morning I went outside and used my trimmer to weed the Moss Garden. Then I used my backpack blower to blow the weeds off of the Moss Garden.

This afternoon Stanley wouldn’t start, so I called AAA, and they jumpstarted him and suggested I take him down to Big O Tires who had installed his battery about a month ago. They gave me a new battery, so I stopped by Paul’s Fruit Market to buy some food for myself and two flats of Snapdragon flowers.

From A Book of Days, channeled by Carla L. Rueckert:

May 12

Whence The Spirit Shall Blow

I am of the principle of Jesus the Christ. I greet you in the full consciousness of Love.

At the beginning of time the Spirit moved upon the face of creation, and Light shone forth upon the darkened portions of the Earth.

The Spirit of the living God is a Light which comes from beyond time, a Light which encompasses all times and places, a Light which may move as it will from past to present, from future to past.

Nothing is closed to the Light of Love and the Spirit of that Love moves as it wills. Thus, is it ever impossible to know whence the wind of Spirit shall blow nor whither it tends. The only prayer of the Spirit-filled being is a prayer of surrender. For plans may be made, but the Spirit may well overturn the plans of man.

Yet is not the strong action suggested by Spirit more desirable than all the ordered series of actions without the Spirit of Love in the universe?

We leave you in the peace of the mind’s surrender to eternity and the forces of Love, now and ever.

I said the prayer at the Gaia Meditation tonight:

come in the name of love and open our hearts, minds, and souls to send love, light, and healing energy to Mother Earth as she brings forth a new Earth in the fourth density. We ask that the infinite love, light, and healing energy of the One Infinite Creator heal the hearts of all souls in pain on Earth tonight. May all souls on Earth feel our love, light, and healing energy in their hearts, their minds, and their souls. Amen.

I did the Morning Offering and then got myself ready for the day. Today the Q’uo quote comes from February 14, 2009:

Question from G: I am studying the Law of One and working with the balancing exercise, which I understand to be this: When at the ending of the day or when alone, mentally examine, as with the scalpel of a surgeon, each bias which you can remember. Attempt to remember precisely the biases or qualities held by the self at any moment during the experiential space/time of the waking state. Consciously visualize, feel, and again become that bias. Slowly accentuate that bias until it fills your being. Then visualize the oppositely polarized bias. Do not create this bias mentally, but wait until this is called from within yourself by the process of natural discovery. Allow this opposite bias to fill your being until it is as accentuated as the bias you originally felt. Now visualize an image filled with both things. My question is, what is the meaning of the word “bias” as used in this meditation?

(Carla channeling)

We are those known to you as the principle of Q’uo. Greetings in the love and the light of the one infinite Creator, in whose service we come to you this evening. It is a great privilege and pleasure for us to be able to join your meditation and to share our humble thoughts with you. We greatly appreciate the privilege. It would aid us in our opinion-giving if you would be so kind, when you read or listen to these words, as to use your discrimination carefully and to sift through those thoughts which we offer, winnowing them to find the ones that are meaningful to you personally and leaving the rest behind. They might not be chaff on someone else’s grinding floor, but they are chaff on yours. So, focus only on the thoughts that resonate to you. We thank you for this consideration, for it enables us to speak more freely, not being so concerned with infringing on your free will.

This evening the question has to do with the nature of a bias as used in the Law of One sessions. To grasp fully the word as used by those of Ra, it helps to view the background or the environment of the word and of Planet Earth, and the incarnational experience of each of you on planet Earth. The undifferentiated and unpotentiated infinite Creator has no bias. There is one thing. That one thing is self-understood and self-grasped and is content. However, the infinite Creator, choosing by the first distortion of Free Will to know Itself, has created a system of densities through which all of its sparks may proceed in order to experience all that can be experienced, to satisfy all desires, and to move through all the learnings of each density. Each of you is a member of a third-density environment at this time. You enjoy its limitations and are used to following its rules. At the very heart of the nature of third density is the dynamic tension between all attributes and their opposites. It is a heavily polarized illusion.

The male and the female, while of the same species, have many differences in body and in mind. That male and female principle may be seen both literally and figuratively as the guiding rune or glyph or totem of your experience on Planet Earth. We are not saying that there is a contest going on between men and women to decide which is the better sex. We are saying that it is the bisexual nature of the species in general that is the kingpin of a seemingly endless list of other attributes, each of which has its opposite. Third density is chock full of unbalanced, biased, and distorted perceptions. We would not say that this is a bad thing. It gives each seeker the fuel that it needs to press forward. As used by those of Ra then, “bias” can be a synonym for “distortion,” the movement away from complete stasis and utter balance into one side or another of the seesaw of dynamic opposites.

G’s first question was: “My question is, what is the meaning of the word “bias” as used in this meditation?” Q’uo began by saying this evening the question has to do with the nature of a bias as used in the Law of One sessions, so to grasp the word as used by Ra, it helps to view the environment of the word, of Earth, and the incarnational experience of each of us on Earth because the unpotentiated infinite Creator has no bias, and there is one thing that is self-understood, and that is content, so the infinite Creator, choosing by the first distortion of Free Will to know Itself, has created a system of densities through which all of its sparks may proceed in order to experience all that can be experienced, and to move through all the learnings of each density, and each of us is a member of a third-density environment, so we enjoy its limitations and are used to following its rules, and at the heart of third density is the dynamic tension between all attributes and their opposites because it is a polarized illusion. Q’uo went on to say the male and the female, while of the same species, have differences in body and in mind, and the male and female principle may be seen literally and figuratively as the guiding totem of our experience on Earth, but Q’uo was not saying that there is a contest going on between men and women to decide which is the better sex, but they are saying that it is the bisexual nature of the species that is the kingpin of an endless list of other attributes, each of which has its opposite, so third density is full of distorted perceptions, nor would they say that this is a bad thing because it gives each seeker the fuel that it needs to press forward, so as used by Ra, “bias” can be a synonym for “distortion,” the movement away from balance into one side or another of the seesaw of dynamic opposites. On October 12, 1986, Latwii described the use of distorted perceptions:

We may suggest that when you have the ability to look upon those experiences that are a part of your history, shall we say, without a feeling of joy or sadness, you may assume that those experiences have been utilized in an efficient manner, for when there are emotional charges, shall we say, that are apparent and connected to any experience, then one may assume that there is work in that experience which one may undertake, for the emotional colorations that one feels for any thought, experience or entity are distorted perceptions that are distorted in such and such a fashion in order that an entity will be drawn into the process of balancing these perceptions so that the final product of all experience is a quiet acceptance that may in metaphysical terms be translated as unconditional Love.

In the tuning song that was played before this meditation, another very strong set of biases was discussed when the one known as Yusuf said, “Good’s going high and evil’s going down in the end.” There is a considerable mystery attached to the question what is good and what is evil. We would prefer to describe it in terms of polarity and say that there is a radiant path of service to others, and there is a magnetic path of service to self. And although it may be unfair to say that service to others goes high while service to self goes low, nevertheless it is true that the two dynamics are inevitable within third density, and indeed within the next two densities, the fourth and the fifth. This is how deeply the sense of self and other, and any number of paired dynamic opposites, can be seen.

In the Prayer of St. Francis which this instrument uses to tune before each channeling session, more dynamic opposites are offered: Lord, make me an instrument of thy peace. Where there is hatred, let me sow love, where there is injury, pardon, where there is discord, union, where there is doubt, faith, where there is darkness, light, where there is sadness, joy. Oh divine master, teach me to seek not so much to be loved as to love, to be understood as to understand, to be consoled as to console. For it is in pardoning that we are pardoned, it is in giving that we receive and it is in dying that we rise, to larger life. And in the Lord’s Prayer with which this circle began its meditation tonight, there is the prayer to forgive others as others forgive you. All of these are examples of complementary biases.

Then Q’uo said in the tuning song that was played before this meditation, another set of biases was discussed when Yusuf Islam said, “Good’s going high, and evil’s going down in the end,” so there is a mystery attached to the question of what is good and what is evil, so Q’uo preferred to describe it in terms of polarity and say there is a radiant path of service to others, and there is a magnetic path of service to self, and although it may be unfair to say that service to others goes high while service to self goes low, it is true that the two dynamics are inevitable within third density, and within the next two densities, the fourth and the fifth, for this is how deeply the sense of self and other self, and any number of paired dynamic opposites, can be seen. Then Q’uo said in the Prayer of St. Francis which Carla uses to tune before each channeling session, more dynamic opposites are offered: “Lord, make me an instrument of thy peace. Where there is hatred, let me sow love, where there is injury, pardon, where there is discord, union, where there is doubt, faith, where there is darkness, light, where there is sadness, joy. Oh divine master, teach me to seek not so much to be loved as to love, to be understood as to understand, to be consoled as to console. For it is in pardoning that we are pardoned, it is in giving that we receive and it is in dying that we rise, to larger life.” And in the Lord’s Prayer with which this circle began its meditation tonight, there is the prayer to forgive others as others forgive you, and all of these are examples of complementary biases. On November 21, 2009, Q’uo spoke of the nature of third density as that of dynamic opposites:

Third density, then, is built upon dynamic opposites: male and female, light and dark, radiant and magnetic, positive and negative. It is such an obvious feature of third density that one of your society’s greatest clichés is, “There are two kinds of people… “And then the person will say, “Those that do this and those that don’t do this,” or, “Those that do this and those that do that.” Those that are optimists, those that are pessimists; those that like to cook, and those that don’t. There is one after another after another way of looking at the state of humanhood and it inevitably involves the mind’s making a distinction between two ways of being.

The question had to do with performing the balancing meditation, which is recommended to be done daily. During the meditation the seeker is asked to sift back through the day, combing out those instances where the self did not remain evenhanded, placid and contented, utterly at peace and balanced, but was pulled towards imbalance in one way or another. Perhaps it is your birthday today, and consequently you have a happy bias, for you have been given cake and ice cream and something to open. That triggers emotions within you. Even though it is a positive bias, yet still it is grist for the mill for one who wishes to train the consciousness to register not only the bias of the incoming catalyst but also the corresponding and answering bias.

Q’uo continued by saying another example is the homely one of noting that Carla just took a sip of water, and the bias was her thirst, so the balancing bias was the glass of water, so we may see that to call something biased is not to disrespect it since there is nothing but bias and distortion in all of the illusions of our creation, but there is a lessening of distortion within each seeker’s inner life as we begin to see into the inevitability of bias and, without judgment, see beyond that situation to the balance that lies beyond and the eventual unification of all opposites, so when a piece of fabric is cut on the bias and sewn from the bias it has a tendency to enhance the style of a garment, and it is so with human biases since within our life there will be a continuous experience of seeing things from a particular bias, and then being able to choose to rethink and see things from the opposite bias. Q’uo continued by saying the question had to do with performing the balancing meditation, which is recommended to be done daily, and during the meditation we are asked to look back through our day, finding those times where we did not remain contented and balanced, but we were pulled towards imbalance in one way or another, so perhaps it is our birthday today, and we have a happy bias, for we have been given cake and ice cream and something to open which triggers emotions within us, and even though it is a positive bias, yet it is grist for the mill if we wish to train our consciousness to register not only the bias of the incoming catalyst but also the balancing bias. On June 28, 2002, Q’uo described how the balancing meditation is done:

We encourage, in this regard, the daily balancing of emotions. We have spoken of this often before and in this wise, we would find it particularly useful. Meditation in general is tremendously useful and inviting the silence is a way of saying inviting balance, inviting reality, inviting essence, inviting wisdom. But in a specialized meditation at the end of the day, it is very helpful to pull out all of the experiences of the day from the mental pockets in which you have quickly put them during the day and gaze at each of these emotional moments with a far more thoughtful and judicious eye. Not to judge the self, but to judge the color, the quality, the particular layer of the energy body that was seen through and, basically, to come into more and more of a familiarity with one’s own patterns and one’s own preferences.

As each preference is identified, then, the technique of the balancing meditation is to allow that first feeling, that first bias to flood the emotional self, saturating the self with that precise feeling that was felt earlier in the day. Then, when that has been emphasized and over-emphasized to the satisfaction of the self, the technique involves lifting up from that extreme and allowing the other extreme, the diametrical opposite, to fall gently into and gradually replace the original emotion. And then one encourages that distortion until it, too, is extreme, so that one would see the beauty of a particular thing and one’s rush towards it and at the same time one would be able to see the diametrically opposed lack of beauty of a particular perception or opinion or impulse, so that one may see the self as a 360 degree sphere of being that includes all biases. Once one has begun to get the hang of such a technique, one becomes gradually more comfortable with one’s biases, whether or not they seem to be fair or just within themselves.

The entity who drives a car poorly and surges into your lane on the interstate highway can trigger negative emotions; that is, emotions that have a negative vibe. They might include fear, rage, and anger. That triggering catalyst has therefore caused your energy body to narrow so that the full flow of the Creator’s prana or Light/Love is not getting through to the heart chakra. It is a totally understandable bias to have these feelings concerning the stranger who didn’t even see you, and who almost, or so it feels, took your life. As you look at these moments of being triggered away from balance you are able to effect a kind of healing of that imbalance by virtue of allowing your original emotion to intensify and then asking the dynamic opposite of those feelings to appear.

Again, neither the positive nor the negative bias is preferable, as much as it is preferable that the dynamic opposites be held within the heart and the consciousness in a balanced manner. The goal of doing these balancing exercises is not to clean up the energy body and then have it be “good to go” for the rest of one’s life. It is extremely rare that an entity on your planet in third density shall be able to achieve realization in such a way that no further thought is taken, no questions are asked, no new solutions reached. For the seeker’s understanding will exceed the narrow confines of his previous view of the world. Each of you dwells within a system of many biases. There is the sexual bias. There is the bias of personality. And the world as you experience it contains bias upon bias. How can one learn, then, in the midst of such a deeply biased environment? In actuality it is because of the opacity of the illusion and its relentless system of opposites that third density works. For third density is about making a choice, a very fundamental choice, of service to self or service to others. It is indeed desirable to increase that bias, attempting more and more to maximize service to others within your life and your thought, so that you may accelerate the rate of your own spiritual evolution.

Now Q’uo said the entity who drives a car poorly and surges into our lane on the interstate highway can trigger emotions that have a negative vibe, and they might include fear, rage, and anger, and that triggering catalyst has caused our energy body to narrow so that the full flow of the Creator’s Light/Love is not getting through to our heart chakra, so it is an understandable bias to have these feelings concerning the stranger who didn’t even see us, and who almost took our life, and as we look at these moments of being triggered away from balance that we are able to effect a healing of that imbalance by virtue of allowing our original emotion to intensify, and then asking the dynamic opposite of those feelings to appear. Now Q’uo said neither the positive nor the negative bias is preferable, as much as it is preferable that the dynamic opposites be held within our heart and our consciousness in a balanced manner since the goal of doing these balancing exercises is not to clean up the energy body and then have it be “good to go” for the rest of our life, so it is rare that we shall be able to achieve realization in such a way that no further thought is taken; no questions are asked; and no new solutions reached, for our understanding will exceed the nature of our previous view of the world, and each of us dwells within a system of biases such as the sexual bias,  the bias of personality, and the world as we experience it contains bias upon bias, so how can we learn, in the midst of such a biased environment, for in actuality it is because of the thickness of the illusion and its system of opposites that third density works, for third density is about making a fundamental choice of service to self or service to others, and it is desirable to increase that bias, attempting to maximize service to others within our life so that we may accelerate the rate of our spiritual evolution. On January 14, 1996, Q’uo described the nature of the fundamental choice of third density:

Those who wish to accelerate the process of their spiritual evolution will find that they wish to make a fundamental choice. This choice is the choice of how to manifest that Love. The two paths of manifesting Love we have often called “service to others” and “service to self,” for if one looks into another’s eyes and sees the Creator, if one can gaze in the mirror and see the Creator, then to serve the self is to serve the Creator, and to serve others is to serve the Creator. We are those who have chosen the service-to-others path. This is what we know and what we share.

We encourage each to spend some time contemplating the implications of service to others and service to self, for in one path there is the giving up of the energy of the self to others. In the other path there is the attracting and magnetic pulling of others’ energies so that they may serve you. The ability to choose is the hallmark of the Creator. This Creator loves each spark that It has flung from Itself. You are loved in a way far deeper than you can imagine, and whatever path you choose, the Creator abides with you. There is no time limit upon this process of evolution, so we encourage you to rest and gain confidence, and from the practicing of that centering presence you may find at any moment the door opening to the present moment. And we are with you as you go.

We are those of Q’uo, and would ask if there is a follow-up to that query, my sister.

G: No, there is no follow-up. That was very helpful. Thank you.

We thank you, my sister. We are those of Q’uo. May we ask if there is a further query at this time.

D: Yes, Q’uo, I have a question about meditation. The other night I was meditating, and it seemed that I perceived some kind of chamber between my orange and yellow chakras, right between them. I was wondering if you could comment on this and also comment on the relationship between breathing and the energy flow through the body.

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. To respond to your first question, that of the space between the second and third chakras in your energy body, we would say that due to work which you have been doing in consciousness at this time, you are experiencing an articulation of the second and third chakras which enables the energy to move quite freely betwixt the orange-ray chakra and the yellow-ray chakra. The work done quite consciously by you, my brother, in the recent past, working with your family members, creating personal relationships from family relationships and vice versa, has stimulated both the orange-ray and the yellow-ray energy centers. The energies which you felt were those which were running freely between those two chakras. This is a positive and helpful configuration, which was brought about due to your loving concern for your family.

There are spaces between each chakra in fact, and it can sometimes become a complex and quite beautiful thing to see the play of energy between three or even four of the chakras at one time, depending upon the activity or the thought processes which are involved. You may find, my brother, as you continue your practice of meditation that there are several such potential sacs or shuttles or tunnels between energy centers, all up and down the energy system. It simply depends upon the work being asked of that energy body at any given time as to what the experience of it shall be.

We are those of Q’uo, and would ask if you would again ask your second query, my brother.

D: Could you speak on the relationship of breathing and the flow of energy through the body.

We are those of Q’uo, and are pleased to offer our humble opinions on this subject. If you think about the act of breathing, you easily realize how vital and central the automatic functions of your body are to your life. If one had to remind oneself to breathe, one would shortly die. The typical seeker may well have begun his life breathing deeply, but by adulthood it is quite common in your culture that there will not be the hard, physical activity that encourages the body to breathe deeply but rather there will be the small-muscle activity of studying, using the computer, and so forth. In the absence of a regular, daily period of strenuous work, it is quite a helpful thing to work with one’s breath. The simple act of following one’s breath is a very helpful technique to use for clearing the mind during meditation. Deep breaths are most salutary for the system. Just as the plant inhales light which it metabolizes into food, so does your energy body benefit from the deeper breathing in and out. The deeper in-breaths do indeed carry Light. And when the intention is set to breathe in prana or Light/Love, that greatly enhances the seeker’s ability to receive the food of light from the air.

The practice of various breathing techniques is well known and certainly the use of such exercises as pranayama yoga offers is recommended for those who wish to enhance their ability to move Love/light, Light/love, or prana through the physical vehicle and metaphysical vehicle. The benefits of breathing are striking for both the physical body and the metaphysical body. When the breath is deliberately deepened, the physiological changes to the physical body are excellent.

We are those of Q’uo. May we answer you further, my brother?

D: That’s great, thank you.

We are those of Q’uo, and thank you, my brother. It is a pleasure to converse with you. May we ask, then, if there is a further query at this time? We are those of Q’uo.

R: Q’uo, I have a question about thoughtforms. I will start it by reading the section from The Law of One that generated this question. Don asked Ra about the reports and photographs of bell-shaped craft and contact from entities from Venus from approximately forty years ago and Ra answered by saying that:

“We are no longer of Venus. However, there are thought-forms created among your peoples from our time of walking among you. The memory and thoughtforms created, therefore, are a part of your society-memory complex.”

The discussion we had in our on-line study group was what a thought-form is, as Ra meant it. We remembered that the pyramid that Ra created was a thought-form and that Ra itself came to Earth to teach as a thought-form. And so, we thought perhaps a thought-form is something that does not have consciousness but is something that can be created by a being with consciousness. So, can you describe the thought-forms in some other way? Thank you.

Weare those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. Within third density’s space/time, everyday environment it is difficult for the mind of man to wrap itself around the concept that there could be entities and essences which have no physicality, but which have their own validity and reality. Were one to look at things from the metaphysical or time/space point of view, however, it is the thoughts of humankind that would stand out, rather than the physical vehicles which in truth are merely systems of nested energy shells. A thought-form is an entity, or an essence, or quality that has life independent of those who originally thought about that first. The words of which you so often think when you think about being a loving and kind person—beauty, truth, honor, justice, and so forth—are thought-forms in the metaphysical realm, having a life of their own and a nature of their own. This is one instance of abiding thought-forms.

Another example of thought-forms is the common phenomena concerning ghosts. When entities have left the physical vehicle with which they enjoyed an incarnation but for some reason do not wish to go on into the inner planes for the review of their incarnation and healing, that disembodied personality shell which is commonly called a ghost can linger in the physical world. Yet it is not at all physical. They may remain indefinitely, until such time as someone is able to contact those souls and lead them on to taking up their rhythm of seeking and learning through other incarnations and other choices.

R’s question was: “The discussion we had in our on-line study group was what a thought-form is, as Ra meant it. We remembered that the pyramid that Ra created was a thought-form and that Ra itself came to Earth to teach as a thought-form. And so, we thought perhaps a thought-form is something that does not have consciousness but is something that can be created by a being with consciousness. So, can you describe the thought-forms in some other way? Q’uo began by saying within third density’s space/time environment it is difficult for our mind to wrap itself around the concept that there could be entities and essences which have no physicality, but which have their own reality, and were we to look at things from the metaphysical point of view, it is the thoughts of humankind that would stand out, rather than the physical vehicles which are merely systems of nested energy shells, so a thought-form is an entity or an essence that has life independent of those who thought about that first, and the words of which we think when we think about being a loving person—beauty, truth, and honor—are thought-forms in the metaphysical realm, having a life of their own, and this is one instance of abiding thought-forms. Then Q’uo said another example of thought-forms is the common phenomenon concerning ghosts, so when entities have left the body with which they enjoyed an incarnation, but for some reason do not wish to go on into the inner planes for the review of their incarnation and healing, that disembodied personality shell which is called a ghost can linger in the physical world, but it is not physical, and they may remain indefinitely, until such time as someone is able to contact those souls and lead them on to taking up their rhythm of seeking and learning through other incarnations and other choices. In 47.13, Ra described the nature of a ghost:

Questioner: What stimulus would create what we call an earth-bound spirit or a lingering ghost?

I am Ra. The stimulus for this is the faculty of the will. If the will of yellow-ray mind/body/spirit complex is that which is stronger than the progressive impetus of the physical death towards realization of that which comes—that is, if the will is concentrated enough upon the previous experience—the entity’s shell of yellow ray, though no longer activated, cannot either be completely deactivated and, until the will is released, the mind/body/spirit complex is caught. This often occurs, as we see you are aware, in the case of sudden death as well as in the case of extreme concern for a thing or an other-self.

We of the Confederation have only appeared in your skies as thought-forms. That is to say, there is no physicality to the seemingly very real phenomena reported as UFOs. Certainly, those of the loyal opposition, those engaged in service-to-self communication with those who would wish that communication upon your planet, have no qualms about appearing in the skies in perfectly physical form. But we have long since discovered that it is an infringement upon free will to move into your physical existence. However, the thought-form of the so-called Venusian bell craft is a form that is part of the deep mind, for your people have seen these for many millennia.

Other examples of a thought-form are the nature spirit, deva, gnome and pixie. All of those creatures are easily dismissed by an entity who wishes to measure and judge the physical creation by empirical means only. However, all of these forms of disembodied life are real, in the same way that your energy body is real. There are those who can see the pulsing colors of the energy body, and there are those who can see the fairies, gnomes and pixies. There are those who dance with the devas and nature spirits. For they have been gifted with a broader and a deeper sight then their physical eyes will allow.

Then Q’uo said we of the Confederation have only appeared in your skies as thought-forms, so there is no physicality to the seemingly real phenomena reported as UFOs, but those of the loyal opposition who are engaged in service-to-self communication with those who would wish that communication upon your planet, have no qualms about appearing in the skies in physical form, but we have discovered that it is an infringement upon free will to move into your physical existence, and the thought-form of the Venusian bell craft is a form that is part of the deep mind, for your people have seen these for many millennia. Q’uo continued by saying other examples of a thought-form are the nature spirit, deva, gnome, and pixie, and all of those creatures are dismissed by an entity who wishes to measure the physical creation by empirical means only, but all of these forms of disembodied life are real, in the same way that your energy body is real, and there are those who can see the colors of the energy body, and there are those who can see the fairies, gnomes, and pixies, and there are those who dance with the devas and nature spirits, for they have been gifted with a deeper sight then their physical eyes will allow. In 7.12, Ra gave various types of UFO sightings with the last type being of the most importance:

Questioner: I am interested in the application of the Law of One as it pertains to free will and what I would call the advertising done by UFO contact with the planet. That is, the Council has allowed the quarantine to be lifted many times over the past thirty years. This seems to me to be a form of advertising for what we are doing right now, so that more people will be awakened. Am I correct?

I am Ra. It will take a certain amount of untangling of conceptualization of your mental complex to reform your query into an appropriate response. Please bear with us.

The Council of Saturn has not allowed the breaking of quarantine in the time/space continuum you mentioned. There is a certain amount of landing taking place. Some of these landings are of your people. Some are of the entities known to you as the group of Orion.

Secondly, there is permission granted, not to break quarantine by dwelling among you, but to appear in thought-form capacity for those who have eyes to see.

Thirdly, you are correct in assuming that permission was granted at the time/space in which your first nuclear device was developed and used for Confederation members to minister unto your people in such a way as to cause mystery to occur. This is what you mean by advertising and is correct.

The mystery and unknown quality of the occurrences we are allowed to offer have the hoped-for intention of making your people aware of infinite possibility. When your people grasp infinity, then, and only then, can the gateway be opened to the Law of One.

All of these are good examples of thought-forms, and we would offer one more example to indicate how the physical and the metaphysical world can cooperate and coincide. If you will think about the service in the Christian church call the Holy Eucharist, you can see the priest invoking the presence of the one infinite Creator in the person of Jesus the Christ. There is an invocation that Jesus’ very being will come into the wafer of bread and the sip of wine that each communicant shall ingest. For those who believe, it is a powerful reality that they are able to take in the very body and blood of this crucified Savior whose unconditional Love the whole world recognizes. The benefit from the ingestion of this thought-form, which is married to the wafer and to the wine, is very real and efficacious.

Earlier, the one known as R stated that all of the creation was made up of nothing but thought-forms and we find this to be a perceptive point. The original Logos, that Thought of unconditional Love, has indeed spun out the Light to manifest all that there is. Consequently, each entity is a form created by the Thought of Love, and patterned out in the ways of Love by Light. In that sense each of you is a thought-form, your physicality being less real then your essence as a spark of that Logos.

Q’uo continued by saying all of these are examples of thought-forms, and they would offer one more example to indicate how the physical and the metaphysical world can coincide, so if we will think about the service in the Christian church called the Holy Eucharist, we can see the priest invoking the presence of the one infinite Creator in the person of Jesus the Christ, and there is an invocation that Jesus’ very being will come into the wafer of bread and the sip of wine that each communicant shall ingest, so for those who believe, it is a powerful reality that we are able to take in the body and blood of this crucified Savior whose unconditional Love the whole world recognizes, and the benefit from the ingestion of this thought-form, which is married to the wafer and to the wine, is very real and efficacious. Q’uo went on to say earlier, R stated that all of the creation was made up of nothing but thought-forms, and we find this to be a perceptive point because the original Logos, that Thought of unconditional Love, has spun out the Light to manifest all that there is, so each of us is a form created by the Thought of Love, and patterned out in the ways of Love by Light, and in that sense each of us is a thought-form, our physicality being less real then our essence as a spark of that Logos. On September 23, 2023, Q’uo described the basic nature of a thought-form:

As one enters into the meditative state, one has the ability to create a thought that one wishes to share with another in a loving manner, thusly drawing upon the energy of Love and the Light of One Infinite Creator that dwells within each entity. Thus, when the thought of Love and support is created within the meditative state, it takes advantage of this Love that has created the universe and forms It into an image that maybe sent through the limitless distance of time and space to any being that it has desired receive it.

This thought-form, then, can be perceived by the recipient as a kind of loving embrace and vivification of the spiritual nature of creation. The recipient, then, with this feeling of support and Love may feel this within every cell of the body of the being so that it is enhanced and enriched in a manner that is desired by the Creator of the thought-form, for you are the Creator of the thought-form as the Creator is the Creator of you, as a thought form—with more tangible effect, shall we say, within the third-density illusion.

We are those of Q’uo. May we answer you further, my brother?

R: Yes, Q’uo, I have one follow-up question. Thank you for speaking to the subject. The follow-up is this. Seekers who are conscious of their progress sometimes categorize their thoughts as positive or negative. I wanted to ask what suggestions or principles you would offer to those who are conscious seekers on the path of service to others when it comes to thought-forms created in the daily round of activities? What suggestions would you offer in terms of balance, or perhaps bringing more love into the seeking and existence?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. The balancing exercises about which the one known as G was asking earlier have as their object the bringing back into balance of the unsettled and uncontrolled mind and emotions. And certainly, the persistent use of the technique of thinking through the actions of the day and being willing to spend the time to balance out all perceived distortions and bias is an excellent one for creating the personal space in which you dwell. There is often the unspoken assumption that life is what happens to you. In such a scheme, however, the seeker is a victim. This does not match our perception of you. This instrument was speaking yesterday afternoon to a client who wished to understand how he could create of his life a more sacred thing, and this instrument shared with that client her perception, with which we agree, that the seeker shapes his life not in terms of what happens to him but in terms of how he responds to what happens to him.

We do not quibble with the fact that many things occur which would not be preferred in everyone’s life. However, the mind or consciousness of man is a powerful thing. You each have great power built into your being. You have the ability to say yes or no to each and every stimulus that comes your way. We realize that we speak in clichés when we say that you create your life. It is a staple of what this instrument would call New Age thinking that your life is chosen by you and can be shaped by you, by your desires and your will. However, it is quite literally true, as far as we know, that each of you does indeed have the capacity to create the life which you prefer. This is a large task with most entities who are attempting to create a positive environment for their soul’s growth. The choice remains with each seeker as to how he wishes to shape his inner environment.

R’s second question was: “I wanted to ask what suggestions or principles you would offer to those who are conscious seekers on the path of service to others when it comes to thought-forms created in the daily round of activities? What suggestions would you offer in terms of balance, or perhaps bringing more love into the seeking and existence?” Q’uo began by saying the balancing exercises about which G was asking earlier have as their object the bringing back into balance the uncontrolled mind and emotions, and the use of the technique of thinking through the actions of the day and being willing to spend the time to balance out all perceived distortions is an excellent one for creating the personal space in which we dwell, and there is the unspoken assumption that life is what happens to us, but in such a scheme the seeker is a victim, but this does not match Q’uo’s perception of us, so Carla was speaking yesterday afternoon to a client who wished to understand how he could create of his life a more sacred thing, and she shared with that client her perception that the seeker shapes his life not in terms of what happens to him but in terms of how he responds to what happens to him. Now Q’uo said they do not quibble with the fact that things occur which would not be preferred in everyone’s life, but our consciousness is a powerful thing because we have power built into our being, and we have the ability to say yes or no to every stimulus that comes our way, so Q’uo realized that they speak in clichés when they say that we create our life, and it is a staple of what Carla would call New Age thinking that our life is chosen by us and can be shaped by our will, yet it is true that each of us does have the capacity to create the life which we prefer, and this is a large task with most entities who are attempting to create a positive environment for their soul’s growth, so the choice remains with each of us as to how we wish to shape our inner environment. On February 13, 2010, Q’uo spoke of the nature of our consciousness:

Consciousness is that field, shall we say, which carries the one original Thought of Love. Our consciousness and your consciousness are one. From that field of consciousness, each of those within this room, every particle and iota of matter, as you call it in your universe, every mote of Light, carries the same consciousness. It is as though you were an infinite, intricate, mysterious puzzle. We give this instrument the vision of putting together a jig-saw puzzle, yet this puzzle is infinite. However, you fit in just a certain way into the integrity and wholeness of the one infinite Creator and into the one creation.

One large difficulty in shaping a positive environment is the lingering of voices from early childhood and even early adulthood which were negative voices, voices that informed the young and defenseless being that he or she was not smart, not pretty, not able to get ahead, not worthy, and so forth. Left untended, those voices can persist throughout a lifetime. The insidious thing about such voices is that many seekers have internalized the voices so that they do not recognize that these are not voices from within. These are voices of the pain and the wounding of old memory. It is very helpful, when you have a thought like, “I’m stupid, I can’t do it,” or, “I’m not worthy,” that you find the time and the patience to correct that voice. If you hear yourself saying something like that which runs you down, step in and say that which is the deeper truth, that which is positive: “I am a child of the Creator. I am perfect. I may be a bozo, but I truly have love in my heart. It’s too bad I made that mistake. Let’s see if I can do better next time.” There are many ways to take those negative voices and turn the comment into an affirmation of your own worth and your own self-respect.

The essence of creating your own environment is respecting and honoring your ability to do so. Once the seeker grasps his ability to mine for and bring up to the surface those voices so that they can be put aside and relabeled as old memory, it is with each and every seeker a simple matter of persistence, of seeing those triggers when they occur. Hearing the negative voices and turning those voices away to replace them with the voice of your own self advocacy is immeasurable helpful.

Q’uo continued by saying one difficulty in shaping a positive environment is the lingering of voices from early childhood which were negative voices that informed our young and defenseless being that we were not smart, not pretty, and not worthy, and if left untended those voices can persist throughout our lifetime, and the insidious thing about such voices is that many of us have internalized the voices so that we do not recognize that these are voices of pain and the wounding of old memory, so it is helpful when we have a thought like, “I’m not worthy,” that we find the patience to correct that voice, and if we say something like that which runs us down, step in and say that which is the deeper truth: “I am a child of the Creator. I am perfect. I may be a bozo, but I truly have love in my heart. It’s too bad I made that mistake. Let’s see if I can do better next time.” So Q’uo said there are many ways to take those negative voices and turn the comment into an affirmation of our worth and self-respect. Q’uo completed their reply by saying the essence of creating our own environment is respecting our ability to do so, and once we grasp our ability to mine for and bring up to the surface those voices so that they can be put aside and relabeled as old memory, it is with each and every one of us a matter of seeing those triggers when they occur, so our hearing the negative voices and turning those voices away to replace them with the voice of our self-advocacy is greatly helpful. On January 29, 1989, Latwii spoke of how we need to deal with the negative voices within us:

We may recommend for those who are at the beginning of this path that the first step in such a path is not to be of service to others, but rather to know and love the self and come into communion with the self so that one becomes to oneself the individual that others are to the self, but the self seldom is. It is often the self which criticizes the self the most harshly, the self which has an internal voice which pulls and tears at one’s feeling of self-worth. These negative voices from within need to be reckoned with, need to gazed at, and brought into balance. These voices are speaking to you of pain, and the pain must be investigated and all involved forgiven.

Most of the forgiveness that is needed at the beginning of the spiritual search is the forgiveness of the self, for one forgives others far more easily than one forgives the self. It is most centrally important to forgive and love and care for the self in a nurturing manner in order that one may love one’s neighbor as oneself, as it is said in your holy work, the Bible. How can service to others be performed by those who do not love the self, for all other selves are in truth as the self? All are beloved and intimate, for all are brothers and sisters of one infinite Creator whose expression to all of us is much, much Love. This Creator is most interested in each, tastes and relishes the experiences of each, and we, in return, those countless brothers and sisters of the creation, move ever more intently toward reentering that same awareness, which is the consciousness of Love itself.

We are those of Q’uo, and would ask if there is a follow-up to that query, my brother.

R: You said earlier that thought-forms have an existence independent of their origins. Does the entity who generates the thought-form need to maintain focus or feed energy into that thought-form for the thought-form to continue? Or will it dissolve when the energy is no longer focused into it?

We are those of Q’uo, and grasp your query, my brother. Thought-forms persist because they are invested with many people’s familiarity with them. A good example would be Santa Claus. The figure of Kris Kringle or Santa Claus is clearly a thought-form. There is no real Kris Kringle, there is no real Santa Clause. Yet, when Christmastime arrives, your people experience an outpouring of love and affection and express their caring by creating food baskets and gift baskets for those families who cannot afford to have Christmas on their own. Santa Claus is alive and well in the hearts of those who wish to do good at Christmas time.

Thought-forms such as bogeymen and fearsome monsters, dragons and so forth are all those forms that persist because, over and over again, they have been envisioned as storytellers tell the stories of your race from generation to generation. Consequently, there are many very persistent thought-forms. There are also ephemeral and evanescent thought-forms that are an artifact of you as a person having a certain habit, thinking a certain thought, until it solidifies into a thought-form and can play merry havoc with your life. Fortunately, just as you develop thought-forms, so you can lay them aside.

May we answer you further, my brother? We are those of Q’uo.

R: No, thank you for your comments, Q’uo. We are those of Q’uo, and thank you, my brother. We find that the energy is waning in this group and in this instrument, and so we would take this opportunity to take our leave of you, thanking you once again for the pleasure of your company and the beauty of your blended auras. You are an inspiration to us. We leave you as we found you, in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator. Adonai. Adonai.

This morning Anna, who was able to stay overnight after our channeling session yesterday, and I looked at a notebook that Carla put together years ago that showed her and Don at various ages in their life, from babies to adults, and other friends of our through the years. Then we took a walk around my yard and gardens before she had to leave early for Nashville due to heavy rain forecasts for the Nashville area today.

This afternoon I cleaned Benny’s apartment upstairs. I began by using the carpet sweeper to clean the carpet in the hall. After that, I swept up the kitty litter from the room where she stays most of the time. Then I used the dust mop to clean the hall and each of the three rooms.

From A Book of Days, channeled by Carla L. Rueckert:

May 11

The Details Of Daily Life

I am of the principality of heaven and of the nature of Love. I greet you in that consciousness which is the Love of Christ.

We find within this instrument the experience of wrestling with the dark angel of desire. For as the instrument’s brighter angel desires to tend towards the living Christ, yet the busy bee mind engages wholeheartedly and insistently in wrestling the attention towards smaller and smaller details of the daily life, so that all feeling of continuity and wholeness is lost, and the earthen vessel which is the body seems in place for no reason except to attend to a myriad of details.

Yet it is truly said that great treasure may lie within and be reflected from and through just these earthen vessels. And so, the struggle is well continued.

Indeed, the simple knowledge that there is an alternative to a life without a unifying Spirit enlivens and beautifies the intentions and thus the deeper desires of the pilgrim. The Holy Spirit of the living God wishes never to intrude but to invite the strength of Love to enliven the drab details of daily life. And so shall it be done. The struggle shall give way again and again to victory.

We leave you in the peace of the spirit’s continuing struggle to seek the full consciousness of Love, for that is only the surface appearance. What one seeks, one shall surely find. Peace to you, now and ever.

I said the prayer at the Gaia Meditation tonight:

We come in the name of love and open our hearts, minds, and souls to send love, light, and healing energy to Mother Earth as she brings forth a new Earth in the fourth density. We ask that the infinite love, light, and healing energy of the One Infinite Creator heal the hearts of all souls in pain on Earth tonight. May all souls on Earth feel our love, light, and healing energy in their hearts, their minds, and their souls. Amen.

I did the Morning Offering and then got myself ready for the day. Today the Q’uo quote comes from January 27, 2009:

Question from D: “I’ve been exploring dream and sleep yoga to accelerate my spiritual development. The idea of dream yoga is to be very lucid and aware within dreams. The idea of sleep yoga is the maintaining of conscious awareness throughout the night, never falling into a deep, unconscious sleep. Although I’ve only just started and I’m not very good at it yet, it has yielded good progress, primarily as a result of my regular middle-of-the-night meditations. What techniques can I apply to facilitate this practice?”

(Carla channeling)

We are those known to you as the principle of Q’uo. Greetings in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator, in whose service we come to you this evening. It is our privilege and our pleasure to be with those present and those in the extended group on the telephone. We are grateful to have been called to your circle of seeking, and we thank you for putting aside the time to seek the truth and to lay all else aside. Time is a very precious coin in your realm, and we greatly appreciate the effort involved. We are happy to speak to your question, my brother, but first, as always, we would pause to request a favor. We would ask that each who hears or reads these words place between these words and your thinking processes the powers of your discrimination. For we cannot hit the mark each and every time. Therefore, please take those thoughts that seem good and true to you and work with them, laying all others aside without a second thought. In this way we may speak without being concerned that because of overzealousness at following our words, you miss the direction of your own spiritual process. We thank you for this consideration.

Mybrother, you have embarked upon a fascinating and fruitful journey in examining your dreams and working with them in a very present and attentive manner. It is, of course, most helpful to attend to the spiritually fertile time of the night at approximately 3:30 in the morning, when the energies of the night are focused at their best. To move into meditation at that time creates an energy that is excellent in terms of creating for you a resting place of the spirit from which you may venture forth. It also connects you with those entities of the inner planes who have observed the same time of meditation and prayer, as well as linking you with all of those in this present experience which are observing that time of meditation. That is an excellent beginning.

One’s dreams are communications from those places within your consciousness which have been impressed from above—that is to say, in the daylight mind—by those things that have occurred during your day, and from below, that is to say—in the archetypical mind—by those energies, some cyclical and some anti-periodic but not random, so that they move into your preconscious state. This mixture is always an interesting one and a great deal of work is done during the so-called dream state. To become a part of that process in a conscious manner is a work requiring the setting of a firm intention and then the willingness to undergo a good bit of repetition as you attempt to become conscious within the dream state without waking yourself up.

Question from D: “I’ve been exploring dream and sleep yoga to accelerate my spiritual development. The idea of dream yoga is to be very lucid and aware within dreams. The idea of sleep yoga is the maintaining of conscious awareness throughout the night, never falling into a deep, unconscious sleep. Although I’ve only just started and I’m not very good at it yet, it has yielded good progress, primarily as a result of my regular middle-of-the-night meditations. What techniques can I apply to facilitate this practice?” Q’uo began by saying it is helpful to attend to the spiritually fertile time of the night at approximately 3:30 in the morning, when the energies of the night are focused at their best, and to move into meditation at that time creates an energy that is excellent in terms of creating a resting place of the spirit from which we may venture forth, and it connects us with entities of the inner planes who have observed the same time of meditation and prayer, as well as linking us with all of those in this present experience which are observing that time of meditation. Q’uo went on to say  dreams are communications from those places within our consciousness which have been impressed from above—that is to say, in the daylight mind—by those things that have occurred during our day, and from below, that is to say—in the archetypical mind—by those energies, some cyclical and some non-cyclical but not random, so they move into our preconscious state, and this mixture is an interesting one and a great deal of work is done during the dream state, so to become a part of that process in a conscious manner is work requiring the setting of an intention and then willing to undergo repetition as we attempt to become conscious within the dream state without waking up. On February 20, 2000, Q’uo spoke of one of the basic uses of the dream state:

The experiences of which you speak are the natural function of the subconscious mind as it is working in tandem with the conscious experience due to the intense desire upon your part to know the appropriate steps to take in matters that are of importance to you in relationship with others. When the conscious mind has long sought a direction in which to move and has with an open heart found a kind of vulnerability, shall we say, then the subconscious mind moves through this desire and vulnerability and offers to the conscious mind the images and clues of the dream state. In this state there is the ability to impress upon the conscious mind a tendency, a direction, in which one may appropriately move one’s being. We recommend that this dialogue with your subconscious mind be attended to so that the conversation might be attended to.

There are two fairly mechanical details which may aid in your attempts to become conscious within dreaming or, as this instrument would say, to become a lucid dreamer. The first is to become aware that you are asleep and dreaming and then, without disturbing your dream, to move your hand, your head, or your eye, within the dream, so that the entity that you are within the dream is connected to your will. This is a delicate matter, for you do not wish to disturb the tenor of the story that is unfolding within your dream. You wish in no way to alter the dream, but only to become aware within the dream and to have control over your body as it appears within the dream. Needless to say, much rehearsal is usually required before this process goes smoothly.

The second practice that shall aid you in your lucid dreaming is a matter of recordkeeping. Assuming that you not only wish to be aware within your dream, but that you also wish to work with the material gathered within the dream at a later time, it is helpful to move, with as little fuss and ado as possible, to the writing instrument and the paper or to the computer. In either case, the idea is to record the experience that you have just had, not editing or choosing what to write but writing all that you can remember. Once you become used to this discipline you shall find that this can be a time-consuming process. Nevertheless, it is a helpful one.

Then Q’uo said there are two mechanical details which may aid in our attempts to become conscious within dreaming or, as Carla would say, to become a lucid dreamer, and the first is to become aware that we are asleep and dreaming and then, without disturbing our dream, to move our hand, our head, or our eyes within the dream, so that the entity that we are within the dream is connected to our will, and this is a delicate matter, for we do not wish to disturb the nature of the story that is unfolding within our dream since we wish in no way to alter the dream, but only to become aware within the dream and to have control over our body as it appears within the dream, so much rehearsal is required before this process goes smoothly. Q’uo went on to say the second practice that shall aid us in our lucid dreaming is a matter of recordkeeping, and assuming we not only wish to be aware within our dream, but that we also wish to work with the material gathered within the dream at a later time, it is helpful to move to the writing instrument and the paper or to the computer, and in either case, the idea is to record the experience that you have just had, and writing all that we can remember, so once we become used to this discipline we shall find that this can be a time-consuming process but a helpful one. On September 22, 2009, Q’uo spoke of the nature of lucid dreaming:

The virtue of lucid dreaming, where one becomes aware that one is dreaming, is the same virtue of one who becomes aware within the dream of waking life that he is a true witness and that he has the capacity to form his own responses. When one is able to, say, move an arm within the dream character that represents himself, or is in some way able to enter into the dream as though it were a waking vision, that lucidity sharpens the ability to grasp and retain the infinite details of the concepts which are couched within the dream.

There is a priestly responsibility that goes along with lucid dreaming. That which one is able to comprehend, one is then responsible for using. As this instrument would say, it is more important in lucid dreaming to “walk the talk” of the dream.

May we ask if there is a follow-up to this query? We are those of Q’uo.

Jim: D says: “On a few occasions I have had an experience during meditation that I call ‘crossing the threshold.’ There’s a distinct transition sensation. My breathing slows down considerably, and my mind is very still. From this state I seem to be able to predict events that happen the next day with great accuracy. Am I in time/space? And how can I increase the frequency of this experience of ‘crossing the threshold’?”

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. We would estimate that you have, indeed, moved through the gateway to intelligent infinity when you are in this particular state. You have successfully cleared your chakra body so that you may seek the truth from those essences and intelligences which dwell in the time/space portion of this present density. We may say, my brother, that it is an achievement which is relatively rare among your people to be able to move through the gateway and then to reside in, shall we say, the “borderland,” so that you are not bringing back through the gateway the information having to do with healing or teaching, but are simply resting beyond the threshold and across the quantum boundary from space/time to metaphysical time/space.

It is an interesting turn of mind, if you will, to find a seeker who is not greedy for detail, but has the ability to rest in essence, for it is in this state, shall we say, within the candle-flame shape just beyond the gateway, where it is possible to glimpse the possibility/probability vortices, which you are indeed doing as you pick up details of likely occurrences in the near future. In order to create a more dependable or frequent experience of this kind there are a couple of things which you may do. The first is to create a settled intention to reach this state of vibration and to remain there for a period of time/space-space/time. We say it that way because you are bridging to different kinds of time with your bodies, both your physical body and your energy body. We would encourage you to be aware, however, that it is well to be disciplined concerning the length of space/time-time which you spend in this place just beyond the threshold. For it is somewhat of a strain or source of tension for the physical body to be experiencing time/space in its flow.

D’s second question was: ““On a few occasions I have had an experience during meditation that I call ‘crossing the threshold.’ There’s a distinct transition sensation. My breathing slows down considerably, and my mind is very still. From this state I seem to be able to predict events that happen the next day with great accuracy. Am I in time/space? And how can I increase the frequency of this experience of ‘crossing the threshold’?” Q’uo began by saying they would estimate that we have moved through the gateway to intelligent infinity when we are in this state, and we have cleared our chakra body so that we may seek the truth from those intelligences which dwell in the time/space portion of this density, so they said that it is an achievement which is rare among our people to be able to move through the gateway and then to reside in the “borderland,” so that we are not bringing back through the gateway the information having to do with healing or teaching, but are resting across the quantum boundary from space/time to metaphysical time/space. Q’uo went on to say it is an interesting turn of mind to find a seeker who is not greedy for detail, but has the ability to rest in essence, for it is in this state within the candle-flame shape just beyond the gateway, where it is possible to glimpse the possibility/probability vortices, which we are doing as we pick up details of occurrences in the near future, and in order to create a dependable experience of this kind there are a couple of things which we may do, and the first is to create an intention to reach this state of vibration and to remain there for a period of time/space-space/time, so Q’uo said it that way because we are bridging into different kinds of time with our bodies, both our physical body and our energy body, and they encouraged us to be aware that it is well to be disciplined concerning the length of space/time which we spend in this place just beyond the threshold, for it is a strain or source of tension for our physical body to be experiencing time/space in its flow. On November 21, 2005, Q’uo described the nature of the quantum boundary:

There is a mystery involved in the way densities change. That way of changing is as the movement between one quantum and another. There is not a direct movement across a quantum boundary. We show this instrument, who knows nothing of science or quantum physics, the image of the meniscus that is liquid in nature. This entity has directly experienced this liquid environment between densities. She has called it the gateway to intelligent infinity, for it is, in the terms of the Law of One material which this instrument has studied, that which she understands as being the point at which one may move from the quantum of third density to the quantum of fourth density. And she has rested there at times in those moments when she has by unconscious processes been placed in a mystical state of awareness which contains unity. In this environment this instrument becomes aware that all is well and that all will be well. She sees a perfection of the outworking of the pattern of time and space.

The other range of resources which are open to you in the matter of duplicating this experience is that range of preparation which you may find it necessary to do in order to leave every care and concern behind. This instrument calls this process “tuning.” She is always careful to tune her physical vehicle and her energy vehicle to its highest and best state before a channeling session such as this one. She thinks of it as tuning to the highest and best “station” she can pick up on her “radio.” In your case, however, you are not seeking a voice or a contact. You are seeking pure beingness. Therefore, it is well to tune yourself off of all stations and into the quiet between signals. Intellectually speaking, you cannot cause this to occur. However, when you set your intention to do this particular work of arriving at this particular state of consciousness, that within you which is far wiser than your conscious being grasps your intention and is able to use your tuned vehicle so that it will be placed as you wish it, between the sources of incoming voices.

We particularly encourage you not to attempt to reason out this process. Were you to have a long, long life and were you able to approach this spiritual seeking as though it were a scholarly discipline, you might well be able to create a rationale so that the seeking of this state of consciousness would be easier to discuss in an intellectual manner. However, since you require the pure experience and not the network of words surrounding such experience, we would recommend that you move along lines of felt and resonant insight rather than reasoning out the ways and means of achieving the repetition of this state. Let your focus be upon preparing for the experience by clearing the chakras from the lowest to the highest and then relaxing entirely into the tabernacle of your open heart.

One final recommendation would be to close such an experience by immersing yourself in water and there allowing the water to become magnetized with Love, that Love that flows into you at all time in infinite amounts. This shall restore the balance of your physical vehicle, given that there has been a dislocation because of your pursuing this particular work.

Then Q’uo said the other range of resources which are open to us in the matter of duplicating this experience is that range of preparation which we may find it necessary to do in order to leave every care behind, so Carla calls this process “tuning,” and she is always careful to tune her physical vehicle and her energy vehicle to their best state before a channeling session such as this one, and she thinks of it as tuning to the best “station” she can pick up on her “radio,” but in our case we are not seeking a voice or a contact since we are seeking pure beingness, so it is well to tune ourself off of all stations and into the quiet between signals because, intellectually speaking, we cannot cause this to occur, but when we set our intention to do this work of arriving at this state of consciousness, that within us which is wiser than our conscious being grasps our intention and is able to use our tuned vehicle so that it will be placed as we wish it, between the sources of incoming voices. Q’uo went on to say they encourage us not to attempt to reason out this process because if we were to have a long life, and were we able to approach this spiritual seeking as though it were a scholarly discipline, we might be able to create a rationale so that the seeking of this state of consciousness would be easier to discuss in an intellectual manner, but since we require the pure experience and not the network of words surrounding such experience, they would recommend that we move along lines of resonant insight rather than reasoning out the ways of achieving the repetition of this state, so we can let our focus be upon preparing for the experience by clearing the chakras from the lowest to the highest and then relaxing into the tabernacle of our open heart. Q’uo continued by saying one final recommendation would be to close such an experience by immersing ourself in water and allowing the water to become magnetized with Love, that Love that flows into us at all times in infinite amounts because this shall restore the balance of our body, given that there has been a dislocation because of our pursuing this particular work. On September 4, 2010, Carla spoke of our open heart:

Because in the courtyard of our open heart we stand before the steps of the temple. In the book I likened it to standing in the Plaza San Marco in Venice. It used to be the Chapel of the Doge. It’s a huge, immense edifice with a bell tower and in front of it is this absolutely vast plaza, an open space where lots of tourists are coming and going and pigeons are there. And I’ve always thought that my distortions are as many as the pigeons. So, it’s like the task of collecting all the pigeons around the courtyard of San Marco for us to try to collect all of our wayward self.

But that’s what we have to do whenever we get to that point where we’ve done the balancing exercises and we see we’re caught up again in whatever distortion it is. We have to take that distortion and bring it to our hearts and say, “Yes, you are part of me. Yes, I love you, I accept you, I will work with you, and I ask you to serve the light within me rather than the darkness.” And I think it’s very possible to do that. I certainly have had a lot of luck asking some of the uglier parts of me to turn their attention to making me have more grit, more muscle, more perseverance and be a more sturdy and trustworthy servant of the Light.

May we ask, my brother, if there is a follow-up to this query? We are those of Q’uo.

Jim: The follow-up question is, D has had a couple of experiences lately where he’s felt a great deal of bliss and peace and he’s wondering if getting the heart chakra open is integral in having a repetition of that experience?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. It is quite so that the complete opening of the chakra body, so that full power is moving through the lower chakras and into the heart chakra, is essential for this work. There would not be any movement through the gateway to intelligent infinity in the absence of this completely open heart chakra. Thus, it is that we recommend a careful and thorough clearing of each and every issue of the day that may dog at your heels and pull you away from a completely open heart.

May we answer you further, my brother? We are those of Q’uo.

Jim: The third question is: “It’s my understanding that I’ve incarnated within many systems. It’s logical I’ve taken both positive and negative paths before. In fact, one of the most realistic past-life dreams I’ve ever had was one as a lizard person, and he was a pretty nasty fellow, at least from a human’s perspective. Is one’s shadow self composed of these negative incarnations? Can you effectively get a negative greeting from aspects of yourself?”

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your queries, my brother. Our response must be divided into no and yes. It is not so that the shadow side of an entity within an incarnation is made up of the previous negative incarnations, so called, of your soul stream. Rather, the shadow self is made up of those parts of the circle of beingness which you have been so far unwilling to examine closely within this incarnation. This is understandable, my brother. A service-to-others polarized seeker has no wish to examine his rapist, his murderer, his abuser, or his manipulator. He would prefer to emphasize those parts of his 360 degrees of self of which he approves.

There is a significant point to be made here, that being that it is only sophistically possible to separate the dark side of self from the light side of self. The goal of the progress through an incarnation is to lessen distortion and increase balance. Consequently, it is hoped that in the course of a lifetime of catalyst and the observation of his responses, the seeker shall have the opportunity to examine many of the shadow portions of self, so that those portions of self may be respected, honored, and redeemed to a useful and integrated portion of the self within the daylight. Flood a murderer with light and you discover tenaciousness, grit, and patience. The shadow side of self will stand ready to be your ally if you can love it, accept it, and ask it for its help. The incarnations which you have experienced besides this one certainly matter. Especially do they matter when you have carried adhering karma from one experience to another. And there are times when it is helpful to become aware of some detail of this karma that adheres.

D’s third question was: “Is one’s shadow self composed of these negative incarnations? Can you effectively get a negative greeting from aspects of yourself?” Q’uo began by saying their response must be divided into no and yes since it is not so that the shadow side of an entity within an incarnation is made up of the previous negative incarnations of their soul stream, but the shadow self is made up of those parts of the circle of beingness which they have been so far unwilling to examine closely within this incarnation, and this is understandable because a service-to-others polarized seeker has no wish to examine their rapist,  their murderer, or their manipulator, so they would prefer to emphasize those parts of their 360 degrees of self of which they approve. Then Q’uo said it is hoped that in the course of a lifetime of catalyst and the observation of their responses, the seeker shall have the opportunity to examine many of the shadow portions of self, so that those portions of self may be respected and redeemed to an integrated portion of the self within the daylight, for if you flood a murderer with light you discover grit and patience, so the shadow side of self will stand ready to be your ally if you can love it and ask it for its help, so the incarnations which you have experienced besides this one matter, and they matter when you have carried adhering karma from one experience to another, and there are times when it is helpful to become aware of some detail of this karma that adheres. On March 14, 2009, Q’uo described the nature of adhering karma and how to deal with it:

All of you have considered at one time or another some situation where an entity had killed another and consequently had adhering karma from that act. There are many ways to acquire adhering karma. There is only one way to relieve karma and that is to forgive. If you feel that you have injured or harmed another, then we would encourage you to go to that person and ask for forgiveness. Then we would encourage you to go to yourself and ask for your forgiveness of yourself.

By far, the most adhering of karma is that which is self-judged. Do not fall into the trap of forgiving another but failing to forgive the self. For in a karmic transaction there are two. And the entire transaction must be forgiven before the wheel of karma can stop turning. How can you forgive yourself? It is indeed a quandary! For you, in your creation, are the judge. That which you forgive is forgiven. That which you do not forgive is unforgiven. Shall you be harsh or shall you be merciful? Have you the courage to forgive completely and start over? Can you die to old memory and awaken anew, an unblemished person? We ask that you give yourself permission to do so. In that way your life shall be sweet and there shall be no karma but only newness and the opportunity to bloom.

However, my brother, in the main we would recommend that you focus upon this life, this experience, this incarnation. Our reason is that you carefully selected the gifts, limitations, and relationships that make up the intricate welter of detail and pattern within this present life experience. In no wise can you consider the self you are in incarnation as the self as it experiences itself outside of incarnation. It is as if you left a home with many rooms and many possessions and you packed a bag for a trip. You could carry just so much and no more. No matter how carefully you packed to come into this incarnational experience, you could in no way carry even ten percent of what you would wish to bring if you were moving house. Thusly, be content with examining the contents of your suitcase, for they are plentiful enough to give you matter upon which to work for an entire incarnation, we assure you. You cannot help packing the mystery of your essential being. Therefore, there is always an infinity of considerations which you may choose to ponder as you observe yourself and get to know yourself ever better.

On the other hand, the “yes” has to do with the fact that you do indeed deal with the essential self as you experience the shadow and the light of self. Therefore, you are perfectly capable of being the source of psychic greeting within your own experience. In point of fact, it is very often the correct solution to the question of what source it is that has created a psychic greeting. When the shadow side of self is ignored and feels abandoned, it is perfectly capable of making itself known as if it were other than you and over against you. The solution to such experiences, then, is to sit with that shadow side that has seemingly attacked you and offer it your unqualified and absolute love.

Now Q’uo said we would recommend that you focus upon this this incarnation because you selected the gifts, limitations, and relationships that make up the detail and pattern within this life experience, so in no way can you consider the self you are in incarnation as the self as it experiences itself outside of incarnation because it is as if you left a home with many rooms and many possessions, and you packed a bag for a trip, and no matter how carefully you packed to come into this incarnation, you could not carry ten percent of what you would wish to bring if you were moving house, so be content with examining the contents of your suitcase, for they are plentiful enough to give you matter upon which to work for an entire incarnation, and you cannot help packing the mystery of your essential being, so there is an infinity of considerations which you may ponder as you observe yourself and get to know yourself better. Then Q’uo said the “yes” has to do with the fact that you deal with the essential self as you experience the shadow and the light of self, so you are capable of being the source of psychic greeting within your experience, and it is often the correct solution to the question what source it is that has created a psychic greeting, for when the shadow side of self is ignored, it is capable of making itself known as if it were other than you, and the solution to such experiences is to sit with that shadow side that has attacked you and offer it your and absolute love. On January 10, 2009, Q’uo described the nature of our shadow side:

We are suggesting that it is helpful to view the shadow side of the self as the offerer of temptation. We are not suggesting you separate from the shadow side. We are simply suggesting that rather than separating the light part of the self from the dark part, or the higher desires of the self from the lower desires, it is helpful to see that together these two sides of self create a whole. Together the dynamic between light and dark creates that wonderfully unique entity that you are.

In suggesting that you view the desires of the shadow side as distraction and insidious voices, we are attempting to give you a viewpoint which partakes of fearlessness and non-judgment as regards the worth of lower desires, so called. For every shadow energy can, through the application of compassion and unconditional acceptance, be refined to become a wonderful, powerful part of the self which supports the light.

By giving the action of the shadow side that is upon the surface, that comes to you as temptation, the respect of refusing to stop seeing it as temptation, you gradually are able to reach out to the shadow side and ask it for its help. However, in order to leave the surface of the shadow desires, these insidious voices, and to plunge deeply beneath that surface energy which partakes of judgment, you are honoring those energies and asking them to move into a more purified state.

May we ask if there is a follow-up to this query? We are those of Q’uo.

Jim: The fourth question is: “I had a dream experience which changed my view on the ego/personality. In the dream I experienced a feeling of complete oneness with every other human on Earth. Upon return I felt that the ego/personality is, in fact, more a piece of Earth consciousness than it is of the essence/soul. The ego/personality is every bit as much a part of Gaia/Earth as the minerals that make up your nails and the oxygen in your blood. An incarnation is really a joint experience between the Gaia consciousness and the external consciousness, and it is this ego/personality with which most everyone completely identifies, but this isn’t what survives death in the same sense that the essence does. What is valid and invalid about this perception?”

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, or should we say “considerations,” my brother. The correct assumptions are so neatly plaited up with the misperceptions included in your sentences that we shall probably not be able completely to untangle them. However, my brother, we shall make a start of doing so and ask your forgiveness for our lacks when we are done. We would wish, firstly, to compliment the quality of your considerations. What we would say firstly is that you are completely correct in stating that your earthly personality has only tangentially to do with your soul stream. However, it is a firm and sturdy tangent and as “all roads lead to Rome,” in the old saying, so all incarnations lead to the soul stream, feed it, fulfill it, and create fascinating issues to ponder when you are between incarnations and ready to create a new learning experience for yourself.

As we said in a response to your previous query, the earthly personality is a much slighter and less interconnected entity than the soul stream itself, which has a size or a power that is impossible even to fathom within incarnation, including…

[Side one of tape ends.]

(Carla channeling)

…as it does, experiences in each of the densities, not only those that have come before third density but those which, from a linear point of view, come after this present density. Time in time/space is circular, if you will, or spherical, with all experiences of whatever space/time moving in radii towards the center of self. What would you do with such an awareness within this school of souls which you know as Earth, my brother? It is not useful to you. Therefore, that which you experience as yourself may be taken lightly but trustworthily as the self within incarnation.

D’s fourth question was: “An incarnation is really a joint experience between the Gaia consciousness and the external consciousness, and it is this ego/personality with which most everyone completely identifies, but this isn’t what survives death in the same sense that the essence does. What is valid and invalid about this perception?” Then Q’uo said the correct assumptions are so intermingled with misperceptions included in your sentences that we shall not be able to completely untangle them, but we shall make a start of doing so and ask your forgiveness for our lacks when we are done, so to compliment the quality of your considerations we would say that you are correct in stating that your earthly personality has little to do with your soul stream, but it is a sturdy tangent and as “all roads lead to Rome,” so all incarnations lead to the soul stream, feed it, and create fascinating issues to ponder when you are between incarnations and ready to create a new learning experience for yourself. Then Q’uo said in response to your previous query, the earthly personality is a less interconnected entity than the soul stream itself, which has a power that is impossible to fathom within incarnation, including experiences in each of the densities, not only those that have come before third density but those which, from a linear point of view, come after this density, and time in time/space is circular with all experiences of whatever space/time moving in radii towards the center of self, but what would you do with such an awareness within this school of souls which you know as Earth, my brother? It is not useful to you, so that which you experience as yourself may be taken lightly but definitely as the self within incarnation. On April 18, 2006, Q’uo described the nature of our soul stream:

Different entities will be able to bear different percentages of the full weight of the experiences that have been embraced and assimilated by the soul stream. The density and weight of such information is incredibly great. You, my brother, would find it difficult to believe the amount of information and the kind of information that you have accreted to your soul stream during the very long and busy history of your beingness. You must realize that you have existed since before the planet upon which you now draw breath was created. You are a portion of the Creator Itself. You have experienced all densities within this octave of creation. In the non-local or metaphysical sense, you are even now in all of the densities, accumulating information to yourself to offer up as a gift to the one infinite Creator. Consequently, to know even one percent of your total history would be far too much information for you to bear within incarnation.

However, much as when you arrive home after a trip, you toss the garments you have worn in the laundry and glory in your full closet, and much as you reacquaint yourself with all of the things that you so missed upon your journey, so you shall, upon entering larger life, enjoy and appreciate that sense of self that shall be yours when you once more come into awareness of your soul stream. You are also correct in positing that there is, within the very energy of your body and not simply the body itself, its blood and bones, an essence of Gaia, an essence of Earth, for just as Gaia has given you the water and the chemicals to form a physical body, just so has the energy that comes infinitely from the one infinite Creator moved first to the very center of the womb of the Earth and only thence into your energy body.

Thusly, you are through and through, physically and energetically, a creature of Earth, and as such, my brother, you are part of the dance of all that is upon the Earth and in the air and in the waters beneath the Earth. To ground yourself in this awareness, it is well to spend time in the wild places so that you may give your system time to decompress from the hurly-burly of urban life and move once again into heightened awareness of the rhythms of the natural world. Perhaps from this discussion, my brother, you may infer those parts of your considerations which would not be as accurate from our point of view as those items which we have mentioned.

Q’uo continued by saying much as when you arrive home after a trip, as you reacquaint yourself with all of the things that you missed upon your journey, so you shall, upon entering larger life, enjoy that sense of self that shall be yours when you once more come into awareness of your soul stream, and you are also correct in saying that there is, within the energy of your body an essence of Gaia, for just as Gaia has given you the water and the chemicals to form a physical body, just so has the energy that comes infinitely from the one infinite Creator moved first to the very center of the womb of the Earth and only thence into your energy body. Q’uo completed their reply by saying you are physically and energetically a creature of Earth, and you are part of the dance of all that is upon the Earth, in the air, in the waters beneath the Earth, so to ground yourself in this awareness, it is well to spend time in nature so that you may give your system time to decompress from the hurly-burly of urban life and move once again into heightened awareness of the rhythms of the natural world, and from this discussion you may see those parts of your considerations which would not be as accurate from our point of view as those items which we have mentioned. On April 22, 1987, Laitos described the value of being in the natural world:

We are aware that for many it is most easy to worship that great Source of all that there is within the setting of the environment of the Creator, that is, the natural world—forest, stream, and meadow. To marry meditation and solitary sojourning with nature is an excellent way to allow the inner self which is in contact with the higher self to be fed from the streams of living water, as this instrument would call them, which are a profoundly accurate description of the Love which created all that there is.

May we ask, my brother, if there is at this time a follow-up?

Jim: The fifth question is: “I had a dream that explained that I was a part of one of the original ‘teams’ that adapted human DNA to life on Earth. As a result, I’m karmically obligated to experience directly the programming choices made. So, my incarnations are more spread apart over linear time, but I will keep coming back during certain time periods throughout this experiment. Would it be possible to validate or invalidate this as well as discussing anything else you deem helpful about my origins?“

We are those of Q’uo. My brother, were we to respond to this query in any of several ways, we run the risk of interfering with your free will. This is a matter that is a key you are presently attempting to fit into a lock. We encourage your seeking and encourage your consideration of this. We may say, however, that you are of the Creator; that you are a creature made of the one great original Thought. All that has occurred concerns you and all that shall occur concerns you as well. It is easy and even appropriate to play many roles in your mind and to see how these roles make you feel. However, is there truth in this or that story? This instrument would say that everyone is a legend in his own mind. What story resonates to you? What is true identity and whence does it come?

May we ask if there is a final query at this time? We are those of Q’uo.

Jim: That last question is: “I’ve had two experiences in which I felt as though I was connected completely to something much deeper, possibly my higher self. Each experience was brief and happened as I was waking up. My access to information seemed massive and instantaneous. It was a feeling of complete knowing and confidence. For that brief time I was something else entirely. Is there anything you can offer me in terms of spiritual principles to help me better understand this experience?”

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. It is said in your Holy Bible that “In my father’s house are many mansions.” Each mansion is a state of consciousness, a rate of vibration or a nexus of rates of vibration in harmonic relationship. Several states of mind have been described by you during this session. What they have in common is access through the gateway to intelligent infinity. Each state, however, has a distinct environment and nature which you have noticed. This state of which you speak now could be described as “being in the Light.” Indeed, when one is in the Light of that candle flame of sacred geometry that is just through the gateway, at the tip of that geometric shape there is “being in the Light.” It differs from “being the Light” by a gradation of vibration but is similar to being the Light or experiencing the self as Light. In that Light is information, and when one is in the Light, it is patently obvious that all is well. It is clear beyond any telling that the plan of the infinite Creator is working perfectly and that all is as it should be and must be. It is indeed a rest for the weary seeker in third density to experience this fullness of Light.

The theme of your queries, my brother, has to do, we feel, with becoming more and more aware of the various environments beyond the gateway of intelligent infinity. It is as though you were a wayfarer but not a tourist. You are one who seeks experience in states of mind, but is not greedy about bringing back treasure except in terms of pure experience. We find this to be a fruitful, useful, and somewhat efficient path for one who seeks to lessen distortion within his own basic soul-stream self. We wish you every blessing and good fortune as you pursue your seeking for the love and light and the truth.

At any time that you should wish to have your meditation strengthened or lessen distraction in your contemplations, you are always welcome to request our presence mentally, in which case we shall enter into your vibratory nexus with a carrier wave that is a stabilizing vibration, not adding to or subtracting from your own vibrations but simply acting as a battery to stabilize varying surges of energy. It is our pleasure to offer this service to those who would wish it. Also, my brother, always remember that the voices of your guidance need only be asked in order to converse with you. And if you should wish to form a conversation at the intellectual, conscious level with your guidance it is entirely possible for you to sit at the computer or take pencil and paper in hand, write down your questions, and immediately write down the next thought that enters into your mind. In this way also you may deepen your understanding of yourself, who you are, and why you are here.

May we thank the one known as D for this opportunity to share our thoughts, humble as they are. May we thank the one known as D, the one known as Jim, and this instrument for creating this working and calling us to it. It has been our privilege and our pleasure to enjoy sharing your combined vibrations and dwelling with the sacred circle of seeking that you have created by your intention. Your beauty and your courage move us. We are known to you as the principle of Q’uo. We leave you, as we found you, in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator. Adonai. Adonai vasu borragus.

This morning I went outside and cleaned the filters for the fountain on the fishpond because the fountain was barely one foot tall. Then I added a little more water to the fishpond because now the height of the fountain was beginning to splash a little water out onto the walkway around the fishpond. Then I added some Aquasafe to neutralize the chlorine in the fresh water. Then I went back into my home and arranged the chairs in the living room to be able to accommodate fifteen seekers for our public channeling meditation this afternoon.

This afternoon we had our public channeling meditation with eleven attendees and four channels. The round robin heart-sharing circle was longer than usual but well worth the time because everyone had such beautiful stories of how their spiritual journeys have expanded in different ways. During the channeling portion of our session there were questions on how to improve the use of meditation, the value of AI to spiritual seekers, the dark side of our self, balancing love and wisdom, and what Q’uo learns from us. It was an especially great session for me because it was my 78^th birthday, and there were so many birthday cards and a list of loving messages from attendees and other members of our L/L community. And Trish baked me a delicious birthday cake, and everyone sang “Happy Birthday” to me!

From A Book of Days, channeled by Carla L. Rueckert:

May 10

Become Part Of Your Creation

I am the spirit of Jesus the Christ, and I greet you in the fullness of the blessing of Love.

There is so much in a day that goes unnoticed; the beautiful color of the sky and the twitter of birds. Seen from the windows of your transport, the world seems surreal and apart from you.

Let it not be that way this day for you. Enter into the majesty and glory of the creation of the Father. Raise your hands in joy to the sky. Feel the life beneath your feet. Touch the living branches of the beautiful trees. Do these things as a blessing to yourself. For this beauty was made for you, and if your eyes do not appreciate it, it must bloom unseen. Become part of your creation this day. Find the peace and the joy that leaps from every living branch.

We leave you in that peace, now and ever. Amen.

I said the prayer at the Gaia Meditation:

We come in the name of love and open our hearts, minds, and souls to send love, light, and healing energy to Mother Earth as she brings forth a new Earth in the fourth density. We ask that the infinite love, light, and healing energy of the One Infinite Creator heal the hearts of all souls in pain on Earth tonight. May all souls on Earth feel our love, light, and healing energy in their hearts, their minds, and their souls. Amen.

I did the Morning Offering and then got myself ready for the day. Today the Q’uo quote comes from January 24, 2009:

G: Q’uo, I have read that Krishnamurti used to say that in the gap between subject and object lies the entire misery of humankind. It seems to me that the spirit’s journey can be seen in terms of the complex and dynamic relationship between subject and object. For instance, here are some ways that the subject can relate to the object. The subject fears the object. The subject hates the object. The subject is indifferent to the object. The subject seeks control of the object. The subject is related to the object, etc.

When the heart becomes activated, and its energies enter the picture, the relationship between the subject and object begins to change. For instance, the subject begins to accept the object. The subject tolerates the object. The subject is patient with, forgives, and embraces the object. Love sees the divine within the object. In short, the subject sees the Creator in the object and the subject. Finally, it seems the message of the Law of One is that there is no subject and no object. There is only unity. So, how do we eliminate completely the gap between the subject and the object so that our experience is one?

(Carla channeling)

We are those known to you as the principle of Q’uo. Greetings in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator, in whose service we come to you this day. It is a great pleasure and privilege to be asked to join your circle of seeking and to consider the question of the one known as G concerning the distance between subject and object and how to traverse that distance in such a way that it disappears. However, as always, we would preface our remarks by requesting that each of you who listens to or reads these words use discrimination, so that our thoughts are not simply accepted but are held to your own personal standards and needs. If our thoughts resonate to you, then by all means use them, but if they do not, please leave them behind. In this way we can speak freely without being concerned that we shall interfere with your spiritual process or become a stumbling block in your way. We assure you that your discrimination is quite accurate. Therefore, listen for the feeling of resonance and pay attention to your own preferences.

Certainly, the third-density experience is saturated with the experience of being a person apart from others. There seems to be an inevitable reality to one’s being separate from all other selves. It is obvious that the physical body is separate from all other physical bodies. It is equally obvious that at least in the normal run of human experience your thoughts are your own and none others. Your creation is a subjective one, applying in many ways only to you, the individual. This is not a mistake in design. It is indeed a prominent feature of the system of third density that creates an environment in which the seemingly separate self, viewing all that lies around him, must make choice after choice of how to see his environment and how to respond to it. In those cases, the self is the subject and all other things upon which he looks are the objects.

The veil of forgetting lies heavily over third density. It is not a mistake that each individual self is cocooned within his own flesh and bones. It is the way the school of learning works to help you make that choice of polarity. If you knew beyond a shadow of a doubt that both you and that other self upon whom you look and with whom you must interact are two sparks of the same Creator, virtually identical in every way, and that you were put here to love that entity, and that entity was put here to love you, there would be no occasion to call upon faith. There would be no occasion to suffer the pangs of isolation. And there would be no reason to go through the fire of catalyst turning into experience when everything about a situation is known. That situation ceases to be catalytic. And although it is hard to fathom within incarnation, this process of catalysis is one of the big reasons that you chose to incarnate and to undergo the experience of having a life on planet Earth.

G’s question was: “Finally, it seems the message of the Law of One is that there is no subject and no object. There is only unity. So, how do we eliminate completely the gap between the subject and the object so that our experience is one?” Q’uo began by saying the third-density experience is filled with our experience of being a person apart from others, and there seems to be a reality to our being separate from all other selves, so it is obvious that our body is separate from all other bodies, and it is obvious that in the normal run of human experience our thoughts are our own and none others, and our creation is a subjective one, applying only to us, but this is not a mistake in design to be a feature of the system of third density that creates an environment in which our separate self, viewing all that lies around us, must make choice after choice of how to see our environment and how to respond to it, so in those cases we are the subject and all other things upon which we looks are objects. Q’uo continued by saying the third-density experience is filled with the experience of our being a person apart from others, and there seems to be a reality to our being separate from all other selves, so it is obvious that our body is separate from all other bodies, and it is also obvious that in the normal run of human experience our thoughts are our own, and our creation is a subjective one, applying only to us, but this is not a mistake in design because it is feature of the system of third density that creates an environment in which the seemingly separate self, viewing all that lies around us, must make choice after choice of how to see our environment and how to respond to it, and in those cases, we are the subject, and all other things upon which we look are the objects. On October 15, 1989, Q’uo said that creation is a subjective one:

The creation is a subjective thing. We have found nothing but illusion, and yet still we seek the one infinite Creator as we refine our path, as we become more rested, more trusting, more joyful, more relaxed and more intent upon a single-minded goal of practicing the presence of the infinite One. We find, as we have said, that we continue to find ourselves in the divine discomfort of learning, in the difficult and sometimes painful cleansing of the self of those idiosyncrasies which are not necessary and perhaps are seen as stumbling blocks to a continued, persistent, and successful seeking to accelerate the rate of one’s spiritual growth.

You came with an agenda for your learning and with a similar agenda for your service. In order to create the proper environment for your learning you chose challenging relationships. You chose limitations within yourself, both physical and mental. You chose areas in which you would work, themes within the incarnation, shall we say. Perhaps by now you have identified your biggest theme or two or three largest themes of repeating patterns within your life. It is by the repetition of these patterns that you can begin to recognize what your higher self and you before incarnation felt was the appropriate direction of your lessons. What you hoped for in the transformational work of Earth was to shift your system of biases to lessen distortion. You wished to come more into balance in an atmosphere and environment in which there was no guidance but faith; no star to steer by but hope; no surety but your own self-confidence that you know who you are and why you are here. It is an efficient design.

The environment offers you all you need in order to discover who you are and how you wish to shape your life’s journey. In this journey the subject, yourself, remains separated from the object by that part of the sentence that lies between subject and object, the verb. Ask how one may eliminate the distance between subject and object, and we would say to you that it is when the verb used is “love” that the distance between subject and object shrinks. For instance, a neutral sentence might be, “The vase on the table holds flowers.” The vase is the subject. The flowers are the object and the action taken is “to hold.” Taste in your mind the sentence, “The vase loves the flowers.” Knowing the nature of a vase and the nature of flowers, you may infer that the vase is holding the flowers. Yet for the vase to love the flowers is for a seemingly inanimate object to come alive and to embrace the flowers not only with the round smoothness of its opening but also with its heart.

Then Q’uo said we came with an agenda for our learning and with a similar agenda for our service, and in order to create the environment for our learning we chose challenging relationships, limitations within ourself, both physical and mental, and we chose areas in which we would work, themes within the incarnation, and now we have identified our biggest theme or two largest themes of repeating patterns within our life, so it is by repetition of these patterns that we can begin to recognize what our higher self and we felt before incarnation was the appropriate direction of our lessons, and what we hoped for in the transformational work of Earth was to shift our system of biases to lessen distortion because we wished to come more into balance in an environment in which there was no guidance but faith, and no surety but our own self-confidence that we know who we are, and why we are here within an efficient design. Q’uo went on to say the environment offers us all we need in order to discover who we are and how we wish to shape our life’s journey, and in this journey the subject, our self, remains separated from the object by that part of the sentence that lies between subject and object, the verb, and it is when the verb used is “love” that the distance between subject and object shrinks, so a neutral sentence might be, “The vase on the table holds flowers,” and the vase is the subject, and the flowers are the object, and the action taken is “to hold,” so picture in our mind the sentence, “The vase loves the flowers,” and knowing the nature of a vase and the nature of flowers, we may see that the vase is holding the flowers, yet for the vase to love the flowers is for a seemingly inanimate object to come alive and to embrace the flowers not only with the round smoothness of its opening but also with its heart. On September 18, 1988, Q’uo described how we have repeating patterns in our lives:

There are entities who have studied the nature of their own self for a long enough span of your time that they are aware of the parallel patterns that have appeared with the incarnation and are able to pinpoint the beliefs which have formed about these repeating patterns. There is the means of determination which you have mentioned, that being contemplation, prayer, or meditation during which there is the opening of the conscious mind to deeper portions of the conscious and of the subconscious minds in order that information may be obtained in some form, whether it be verbal, mental, imagery, or feeling tones, as you may call them.

In just such a way the sentence, “I go to work,” can be transformed by changing the verb to “love”: “I love work.” Suddenly your heart has been opened with regard to this object, work. It is so stunningly simple that it escapes rational thought. Further, if you see yourself as love and you see objects about you as love, then love is loving love, whatever you do. To translate that into another form, we might say that if you perceive yourself as the Creator then you know that you are a person of power. Therefore, your striving can cease, for a powerful person does not need to strive effortfully. If you perceive those about you as the Creator, then you know that your relationship is Creator to Creator. Since the Creator is Love, then you are Love, loving Love. Again the distance between subject and object diminishes.

To envision a troublesome other-self as the Creator is an exercise that anyone is capable of doing. If you attempt to reason with the other-self and find that the other-self is not capable of rational converse, then you are at a loss, stymied for further action. If you attempt to judge another self then you are caught in the wheel of karma, and as you judge, so shall you be judged. We say this not to discourage you from analyzing and seeing as clearly as possible each and every situation, each and every relationship. We say this to point out that the mind of the world can take you only so far, whereas the mind of the heart, that consciousness of Love, can transform your world into a beautiful place. It can transform the daily grind into a great adventure. Say that you are attempting to deal with a family member that seems to be intractably determined to avoid coming into harmony with you. The challenge then is to re-see that family member. See that entity as the Christ and watch your defensiveness and anger subside.

Q’uo said in such a way the sentence, “I go to work,” can be transformed by changing the verb to “love”: “I love work,” and our heart has been opened with regard to this object, work, and it is so simple that it escapes rational thought, so if we see ourself as love, and we see objects about us as love, then love is loving love, whatever we do, so to translate that into another form, Q’uo might say that if we perceive ourself as the Creator then we know that we are a person of power, and our striving can cease, for a powerful person does not need to strive effortfully, and if we perceive those about us as the Creator, then we know that our relationship is Creator to Creator, and since the Creator is Love, then we are Love, loving Love, so again the distance between subject and object diminishes. Then Q’uo said to envision a troublesome other-self as the Creator is an exercise that anyone is capable of doing, so if we attempt to reason with the other-self and find that the other-self is not capable of communication, then we are at a loss for further action, or if we attempt to judge another self then we are caught in the wheel of karma, and as we judge, so shall we be judged, but Q’uo did not say this to discourage us from analyzing every situation and every relationship, but they said this to point out that the mind of the world can take us only so far, whereas the mind of our heart, that consciousness of Love, can transform our world into a beautiful place, so if we are attempting to deal with a family member that seems to be determined to avoid coming into harmony with us, our challenge then is to re-see that family member, and see that entity as the Christ and watch our defensiveness and anger subside. On October 22, 1986, Q’uo described our nature as the consciousness of Love:

We suggest to you, my friends, that there is one consciousness, which in its original and undistorted form may be called Love. The consciousness of Love is the great original Thought, crystal clear and pure, and by its profound, generative nature, the Creator of all that there is.

Thus, the consciousness that is your identity and nature is some distortion, one representation of that one great original Thought of Love which created all that there is. When the conscious mind of man is used without the aid of the deeper mind, very little of the consciousness of Love can be channeled through you from consciousness to manifestation. The person who lives in mind and not in heart lives a dry and arid life, unrelieved by the beauty of Love or the joy of passion, for, indeed, it is those with a passion and joy for knowing the truth, for celebrating friendship, and for seeking Love, that creates the full potential of consciousness for each of you.

Now, you are the only one who is aware of this entity’s true nature. Certainly, the other-self is not. Had the family member seen himself as the Creator and a being of great Love, he would not place himself in opposition to you or stand in the way of supporting and encouraging you in everything you do. So, this is your secret. Only you know the true identity of this family member. But since you know, it changes your experience of this entity. This family member may continue, as this instrument would say, to push your buttons and yet you can see this entity unhappy as he is attempting to sow strife and you are not vulnerable to the automatic responses that you learned toward this family member so long ago. You do not have to remain stuck in the pattern of relationship that was formed before you were a person of self-awareness and power. You can forge a new relationship that only goes one way and that relationship is Love reflected in Love.

Perhaps the family shall never perceive any difference between the past and the present and shall not see your transformation into a person of Love and power. That does not matter to you. All that matters to you is that you retain the vision of this entity as the Christ and are therefore able to love, encourage and support this entity in any way that lies within the path of your integrity. His situation may not change. He may never get that which you are offering so freely and lovingly. But your experience shall be greatly improved. For you have chosen to see reality instead of illusion, to dig deep instead of sliding across the surface of life. Those depths are comforting, and peaceful, and living in Love is healing and joyful. Thusly, little by little, you may, by the way you live your life, create a new world for yourself in which all beings are the Christ and all actions are those taken in Love.

Q’uo said we are the only one who is aware of this entity’s true nature, but our other-self is not, for had the family member seen himself as the Creator and a being of great Love, he would not stand in the way of supporting and encouraging us in everything we do, so only we know the true identity of this family member, but since we know, it changes our experience of this entity, and this family member may continue to push our buttons, yet we can see this entity is unhappy as he is attempting to sow strife, but we are not vulnerable to the automatic responses that we learned toward this family member long ago, and we do not have to remain stuck in the pattern of relationship that was formed before we were a person of self-awareness, so we can forge a new relationship that goes one way, and that relationship is Love reflected in Love. Q’uo continued by saying perhaps the family shall never perceive any difference between the past and the present, and shall not see our transformation into a person of Love and power, but all that matters to us is that we retain the vision of this entity as the Christ and are able to love and support this entity in any way that lies within the path of our integrity, and he may never get that which we are offering so lovingly, but our experience shall be improved, for we have chosen to see reality instead of illusion, and those depths are peaceful, and living in Love is healing and joyful, so we may, by the way we live our life, create a new world for our self in which all beings are the Christ, and all actions are those taken in Love. On May 17, 1974, Hatonn spoke of the nature of our seeing reality instead of illusion:

The very few people upon your planet who see reality are often thought to be quite insane. My friends, one must not attempt to understand what we are giving on the level of language. Go within, my friends, and meditate. For knowledge of reality will come only from within. Accept nothing on blind faith, but accept everything that is of good report. Allow all paradoxes to remain so. Accept much, and reject nothing. Go within, my friends, for within you lies reality.

We do not suggest a grand program of changing the world in order to achieve a more loving Earth world. Rather we suggest that you confine your work to your own consciousness. That is your true arena of adventure and challenge. It is not for nothing that the one who wishes to seek goes into a cave or the apse of a cloistered church, or other quite forested or retreated places that are dark and that limit the stimuli of the senses. It is very easy for the seeker to become lost in sensations. Your culture is on sensory overload. The more you partake in listening to or watching the mass media, playing the games that the computer experts have created for your entertainment, and other ways of distracting the self and keeping the self on the surface of life, the less success you will have in living a lucid and coherent life in faith.

We are not suggesting that you refrain completely from spending your time watching the media, listening to the songs and the news and so forth. We are suggesting that you be aware that, generally speaking, the purpose of such media in offering their shows to you is to sell products and to create an atmosphere of sameness and conformity so that each human being within the society becomes a trusted consumer of products and ideas that have been sanitized until nothing of true digestive value remains. The more of the buzz that you take in, the more it is likely that you will continue to see other-selves as objects against which one may have to defend oneself or with which one may have to be clever and smart in interacting. Blessed is the man in your society who is able to greet all with the unspoken but very present awareness that the person to whom he is speaking is none less than the Creator.

The journey from well-defined isolation and life as a monad to the undefended self with an open heart that senses itself as part of the dance of life is a long one. And, indeed, to achieve a total awareness of the unity of all things within incarnation is quite rare. Yet it is a goal that is clearly a good one, a positive one, one which shall bring you many blessings as you do the work that it takes to clear your vision of judgment and to allow love to flow into the sometimes unkind and harsh picture that you see with your physical eyes. As always, Love is the answer to your question. See yourself as a creature of Love. See all other things as creatures of Love. And see the action you take towards another self or a situation in general as partaking in unconditional Love. Love, Love, Love: Love as subject, Love as verb, Love as object. These are the practices that shall bring you ever closer to your goal of living in unity in a world of your own making that is a world of Love.

Now Q’uo said they do not suggest a program of changing the world in order to achieve a more loving Earth, but they suggest that we confine our work to our consciousness because that is our true arena of adventure and challenge, and it is not for nothing that the one who wishes to seek goes into a cave or other retreated places that are dark and limit the stimuli of our senses since it is easy us to become lost in sensations, and our culture is on sensory overload so that the more we partake in watching the mass media, playing the games on the computer for our entertainment, and other ways of keeping our self on the surface of life, the less success we will have in living a coherent life in faith. Then Q’uo said they are not suggesting that we refrain completely from spending our time watching the media and listening to the songs and the news, but they are suggesting that we be aware that the purpose of such media in offering their shows to us is to sell products and to create an atmosphere of conformity so that each entity within society becomes a consumer of products and ideas that have been sanitized until nothing of true value remains, and the more of the buzz that we take in, the more it is likely that we will continue to see other-selves as objects against which we may have to defend our self or with which we may have to be clever in interacting, and blessed is the entity in our society who is able to greet all with the unspoken awareness that the person to whom they are speaking is none less than the Creator. Q’uo completed their reply by saying the journey from well-defined isolation and life as a monk to the undefended self with an open heart that senses itself as part of the dance of life is a long one, and to achieve a total awareness of the unity of all things within incarnation is quite rare, yet it is a goal that is clearly a positive one, which shall bring us many blessings as we do the work that it takes to clear our vision of judgment and to allow Love to flow into the unkind picture that we see with our eyes, and as always Love is the answer to our question, so we can see ourself and all other things as creatures of Love because Love is the subject, verb, and the object, and these are the practices that shall bring us ever closer to our goal of living in unity in a world of our own making that is a world of Love. On June 24, 2005, Q’uo spoke of how Love is the answer to all of our problems:

Let the healing of your suffering begin. Let the healing of your incarnation begin so that you can, as this instrument said earlier, stand on your own two feet and look the world in the face, saying, “I know I make many mistakes. I am heavily flawed. Sue me. This is who I am, and I am still ready to explore the possibility that Love is the answer to all suffering.” Lift up off the cross of thinking it is necessary. Realize it is a training aid. When the training aid is no longer necessary, then you may spend your time rejoicing and giving thanks.

May we ask if there is within this circle any follow-up to that query? We are those of Q’uo

[Long pause.]

We are those of Q’uo, and we find from your silence that, as the one known as G is not here, there will be no follow-up to that query. Consequently, we would ask at this time if there is another question. We are those of Q’uo.

D: I’ve heard either you or Ra speak on a soul’s natural ability to polarize towards a certain polarity. Could you speak on this inherent polarity or natural tendency to polarize and why the negative polarity tries to circumvent it? I guess the gist of this question is, are third-density souls really up for grabs like the fourth-density battle would imply?

Weare those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. In the sense in which you ask it, it is quite true that as a seeker goes about making its choices in life, each entity is seen as an object to be swayed by those of negative polarity who would distract seekers from the positive polarity and retrain them to think in terms of service to self. It is not, my brother, that the negative polarity seeks to circumvent the process of evolution. It is that it is lobbying for one of two paths of evolution. As the seeker goes through his life, he is constantly standing at a fork in the road. One decision lasts for awhile, but then another decision comes up, another fork in the road. The challenge for the seeker is to determine which choice contains more love, more service, more radiance, and which path contains less service to others, less radiance, and more magnetism, and that which serves the self.

Whenchoices are made carelessly, it is often the case that an entity thinks he is choosing positively but has been seduced by the negative polarity into rationalizing a selfish act by pretty words. So, a great deal of care is called for when the seeker perceives that there is this fork in the road. It is well to sit and meditate on this choice, to feel into it: “Well, if I did that what would it feel like? If I did the other thing how would that feel?” For analysis can take the seeker only so far. To achieve a more well-rounded ability to judge at a crossroads in life, it is well to invoke one’s own insight and one’s feeling of direct apprehension for sensing into the true situation.

D’s question was: “I’ve heard either you or Ra speak on a soul’s natural ability to polarize towards a certain polarity. Could you speak on this inherent polarity or natural tendency to polarize and why the negative polarity tries to circumvent it?” Q’uo said it is true that as we go about making choices in our lives, each of us is seen as an object to be swayed by those of negative polarity who would distract us from the positive polarity and retrain us to think in terms of service to self, but it is not that the negative polarity seeks to circumvent the process of evolution, but it is that it is lobbying for one of two paths of evolution, and as we go through our life we are standing at a fork in the road, so one decision lasts for a while, but then another decision comes up with another fork in the road, and the challenge for us is to determine which choice contains more love and more service, and which path contains less radiance, and that which serves the self. Q’uo went on to say when our choices are made carelessly, it is often the case that we think we are choosing positively, but we have been seduced by the negative polarity into rationalizing a selfish act by pretty words, so great care is called for when we perceive that there is this fork in the road, so it is well to meditate on this choice, to feel into it: “Well, if I did that what would it feel like? If I did the other thing how would that feel?” For analysis can take us only so far, so to achieve a more well-rounded ability to judge at a crossroads in life, it is well to invoke our insight and our feeling of apprehension for sensing into the true situation. In 64.16, Ra described how analysis can be the way either the positive or negative entity may choose their path:

Questioner: Let us assume that a bodily distortion occurs within a particular entity who then has a choice of seeking allopathic aid or experiencing the catalyst of the distortion and not seeking correction of the distortion. Can you comment on the two possibilities for this entity and his analysis of each path?

Ra: I am Ra. If the entity is polarized towards service to others, analysis properly proceeds along the lines of consideration of which path offers the most opportunity for service to others.

For the negatively polarized entity the antithesis is the case.

For the unpolarized entity the considerations are random and, most likely, in the direction of the distortion towards comfort.

In order to avoid becoming a pawn in someone else’s game, it is well to think for oneself. In order to avoid moving down a sweet-sounding street which ends in a dead end in service to self, it is well to envision and sense into the choice before you. In this way, as you ask for deeper senses to come forward in you, your ability to perceive a situation is enhanced. It is always helpful to ask your guidance for insight. The practice of journaling is an excellent way to consult your own guidance, where you simply write out your question and then write down the next thought that comes into your mind. In this way, fairly easily, you can begin a conversation concerning those things that concern you, that are on your mind, and for which you need guidance.

So, my brother, looked at from the standpoint of the self as that one that has taken his power and chosen to be responsible for himself, the negative-polarity entity that might wish to distract you or turn you to the path of service to self really never has a chance. It is at first a seemingly risky thing to stand on your own two feet and think things through for the self without letting other people’s opinions or the run of opinion throughout the culture affect your thoughts. Many times it is all too clear that the cultural bias is somewhat oriented toward service to self. That which is of the popular culture tendencies will often have the tang of selfishness and self-involvement, where rationalizations abound. And you may say, “Well, it’s just business. That the way the world works,” while you hoard your riches and ignore those hungry, homeless, and lost entities that are your other-selves, saying, “Let them get jobs, let them work, just as I have had to work.” As your hearts are softened, these huge differences between person and person shall begin to soften also.

Then Q’uo said in order to avoid becoming a pawn in someone else’s game, it is well to think for ourself, and in order to avoid moving down a sweet-sounding street which ends in a dead end in service to self, it is well to sense into the choice before us as we ask for deeper senses to come forward in us, and our ability to perceive a situation is enhanced, so it is always helpful to ask our guidance for insight, and journaling is a way to consult our guidance, where we write down our question, and then write down the next thought that comes into our mind, so in this way we can begin a conversation concerning those things that concern us that are on our mind, and for which we need guidance. Q’uo went on to say that looked at from the standpoint of our self as having taken our power and chosen to be responsible for ourself, the negative-polarity entity that, might wish to distract us to the path of service-to-self, never has a chance, and it is at first a risky thing to stand on our two feet and think things through without letting other people’s opinions affect our thoughts, for many times it is clear that the cultural bias is oriented toward service-to-self, so that which is of the cultural tendencies will have the taste of selfishness where rationalizations abound, and we may say, “Well, it’s just the way the world works,” while we hoard our riches and ignore those hungry and homeless entities that are our other-selves, saying, “Let them let work just as I have had to work,” and as our hearts are softened, these huge differences between people shall begin to soften. On March 5, 2006, Q’uo said that our cultural bias is towards fear and a lack of faith:

This instrument, therefore, has absolutely no cultural bias and is fearless when it comes to the physical death. However, for the most part your peoples remain constrained by fears that they shall cease to exist. There is a lack of true faith in the culture, for all of the fine words and the gaudy rituals that it embraces. We may simply say on this point that each of you existed before time began to unroll its scroll in space/time. And you shall exist long after not only your physical body but the Earth itself is dust.

The one known as Jesus the Christ said, “He who helps even the least of these, my brothers, has helped me.” This is so directly against the prevailing attitude of the culture in which you experience life at this time that it is easy to see the dynamic. Another way that the negative polarity can seduce you from the positive path is to encourage you to use your power in order to help your family or your nation, or some element of the world, rather than the world as a whole. The one known as Jesus was once offered a great kingdom. And indeed, in the worldly sense, many of those who followed the one known as Jesus thought of him as a worldly, earthly king. Their hope was that he would take the Holy Land, as you call it now, back from the Romans who had conquered it.

The one known as Jesus could well have been tempted to lead his people to freedom. Yet somehow he knew and stated that his kingdom was not an earthly one. And so, he took to the road and walked it with dusty feet and offered his parables instead, educating people concerning his true kingdom, the human heart. We have spoken before concerning the battle between good and evil that reigns within the inner planes of early fourth density. We do not deny that such a war exists. It takes a good deal of what you call time and what we may call experience to see clearly that the war is not necessary, that there is nothing to defend and that love is the answer. And so, filled with glory, and honor, and hopes of serving the one infinite Creator, those of positive polarity go forth to do battle for the Light.

Gradually, as fourth density progresses for each of those in the fight, there comes a time of epiphany when it is seen that the war is unnecessary. And finally, that entity lays down his sword and moves ahead rejoicing. In your life too and in every seeker’s life there shall indeed come many forks in the road, many chances to make ethical choices. Receive them as gifts and enter into such choices with a full heart and a request for guidance and we believe that you will find yourself completely equal to remaining in your integrity and progressing along the path of service to others.

Q’uo continued by saying Jesus the Christ said, “He who helps even the least of these, my brothers, has helped me,” and this is against the attitude of the culture in which we experience life at this time, and another way that the negative polarity can seduce us from the positive path is to encourage us to use our power in order to help our family or our nation rather than the world as a whole, and Jesus was offered a great kingdom, and many of those who followed Jesus thought of Him as a worldly king, so their hope was that He would take the Holy Land back from the Romans who had conquered it. Q’uo continued by saying Jesus could have been tempted to lead His people to freedom, yet He stated that his kingdom was not an earthly one, so He took to the road and walked it with dusty feet and offered his parables instead, educating people concerning His true kingdom, the human heart, and Q’uo said they have spoken before concerning the battle between good and evil that reigns within the inner planes of early fourth density, and they do not deny that such a war exists, but it takes time and experience to see that the war is not necessary; that there is nothing to defend; and that Love is the answer, so filled with glory and hopes of serving the one infinite Creator, those of positive polarity go forth to do battle for the Light. Q’uo completed their reply by saying as fourth density progresses for each of those in the fight, there comes a time of epiphany when it is seen that war is unnecessary, and each entity lays down their sword and moves ahead rejoicing, and in every seeker’s life there shall come many chances to make ethical choices, and we can receive them as gifts and enter into such choices with a full heart and a request for guidance, and we will find ourself equal to remaining in our integrity and progressing along the path of service-to-others. On November 21, 2009, Q’uo described the value of making ethical choices:

Therefore, as humans attempt to become more fully human and to make ethical choices with clarity and precision, they have no proof that what they are thinking is correct, but only the faith within that believes, against all apparent adverse suggestion, that the universe is indeed a universe of Love and that making choices that enhance Love and enlarge compassion shall be the way in which power is developed to do work in consciousness.

May we ask if there is a follow-up to this query? We are those of Q’uo.

[Long pause.]

We are those of Q’uo, and again we perceive from the silence that there is no follow-up to this query. May we ask if there is another question at this time? We are those of Q’uo.

J: G asks about the word “darkness” as it is applied to those of the service-to-self path. It’s also used when speaking of the unknown. What’s the difference between the darkness of service to self and the darkness of the unknown?

Weare those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. It is an interesting question and a play with words at the same time to think about the darkness of the unknown and the darkness of negative polarity. Indeed, there is a bias within the general run of entities that would place a negative connotation on the unknown. For that which is not known can easily be feared. However, the entire spectrum of the spiritual journey takes place in darkness and in the light of the moon. Consequently, all that shall be good as well as all that shall be evil, according to your definitions of good and evil, alike are present in the darkness. This darkness is not a positive condition but rather an absence of light. The unknown seems dark because it is as yet unlit by familiarity, whereas negativity and evil seem dark because they express the utter refusal to let light shine.

The negative mindset is one which is shuttered against the Light. For the Light cannot be controlled. It is only in the absence of Light that control may be had. And so, when darkness, in the sense of evil, occurs, it is a darkness of the deliberate shutting out of those things which do not conform to the desired situation or outcome. That chosen darkness, when there is no need for darkness, is different from the darkness of the unknown in that there is a positive choice being made to shut out the Light of compassion, inclusivity, and the radiance of Love from the self to others. And so that which is dark because it is service-to-self is dark by choice.

However, simply because a choice has been made to deny the Light, that does not mean the Light does not exist. Consequently, the service-to-self path is a path steeped in illusion and lies. For it is only by denying the truth of Light that darkness can prevail. In the end, darkness never prevails. For it cannot put out the Light, as the Light can and does at last illumine every corner of existence. The eventual ascendancy of light is inevitable. The service-to-self path is delaying the inevitable moment where light is embraced, whereas the service-to-others polarity is cooperating with that moment and accelerating the pace towards it.

G asks about the word “darkness” as it is applied to those of the service-to-self path. It’s also used when speaking of the unknown. What’s the difference between the darkness of service to self and the darkness of the unknown? Q’uo said that it is an interesting question and a play with words at the same time to think about the darkness of the unknown and the darkness of negative polarity, and there is a bias within us that would place a negative connotation on the unknown, for that which is unknown can be feared, but the spectrum of our spiritual journey takes place in darkness and in the light of the moon, so all that shall be good as well as all that shall be evil, according to our definitions of good and evil alike are present in the darkness, but this darkness is not a positive condition but an absence of Light, and the unknown seems dark because it is unlit by familiarity, whereas negativity seems dark because it expresses the refusal to let Light shine. Then Q’uo said the negative mindset is one which is closed against the Light, for the Light cannot be controlled, and it is only in the absence of Light that control may be had, so when darkness of evil occurs, it is a darkness of the deliberate shutting out of those things which do not conform to the desired outcome, and that chosen darkness, when there is no need for darkness, is different from the darkness of the unknown in that there is a positive choice being made to shut out the Light of compassion and the radiance of Love from  our self to others, so that which is dark because it is service-to-self is dark by choice. Q’uo completed their thoughts by saying because a choice has been made to deny the Light, that does not mean the Light does not exist, so the service-to-self path is a path steeped in illusion and lies, for it is only by denying the truth of Light that darkness can prevail, an in the end darkness never prevails, for it cannot put out the Light, as the Light can and does at last illumine every corner of existence, and the eventual ascendancy of Light is inevitable, so the service-to-self path is delaying the inevitable moment where Light is embraced, whereas the service-to-others polarity is cooperating with that moment and accelerating the pace towards it. On May 25, 1986, Q’uo described the nature of the service-to-self path:

The service-to-self path became possible when the first division in third-density consciousness occurred due to the placement of what you have called the veil of forgetting between the conscious and the unconscious minds. This intensification of the illusion of separation provided to the Creator a more intense and purified means for that portion of Itself which may be seen as magnetic to function. Thus, the service-to-self path is one which draws unto itself the Light of the Creator in all portions of the creation about the entity which has chosen this means of knowing itself and of evolving towards the same Creator.

Thus, it is the same Light which powers both paths in opposite fashion, or so it would seem within the saga of polarity, for as those of the service-to-others path give forth the Light to all about them, it would seem that this action is in opposition to the service-to-self path which absorbs the Light and uses it for its own purposes. Yet, in truth, it is the Creator which provides the light for both paths, and the same Creator which receives the light as a result of the action that is potentiating upon each path.

We are those of Q’uo, and would ask if there is one final query before we leave this instrument.

D: Yes, I have one quick question about Love/Light. When a being sends Love/Light to another being, is Love/Light sent only through the hands or can it be sent by concentrating on a being and willing it?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. In actuality, the sending of Love by an act of will is far more common than the sending of Love through the hands, which takes place only when a healer is working upon another entity. Both are perfectly possible and equally efficacious. However, we would comment on your use of the word “will,” for it is not necessary to be overly concerned or to will or to project or push the sending of Love/Light from you to another person. In actuality you do not have to do anything. You simply have to set your intention, offer your prayer, and then move out of the way. For Love/Light is not flowing from you, or at least it shall not be for very long. You shall exhaust your human supply quickly.

Rather, whether it is from your being or through your hands, the Love/Light moves through you, not from you, coming from the one infinite Creator. It is for this reason that there is never any concern when Love/Light is offered, because it is the Creator’s light, and it is not an invasive or pushy Light. It goes where the need is. And if the entity to whom you are sending Light does not wish it, then it shall gently surround that entity but not enter its auric field. For free will is infinitely respected by the Creator’s light.

May we answer you further, my brother?

D: That’s great, thank you.

We thank you, my brother. We find that the energy wanes in this circle, and regretfully it is time for us to take our leave of you who sit in this circle of working this evening. We thank you for the beauty of your beings and your courage in seeking the truth. We thank you for digging deeply and thinking carefully. We thank you for the love that you have for the truth, for each other, and for the Creator. And we would offer you every support and encouragement as you go about your daily lives, seeking to transform a seemingly dull and placid existence into the great adventure it truly is when it is seen from the standpoint of the spiritual seeker who is using this mazed and mysterious veiled illusion of physical life to become a more authentic, a truer, a more genuine person who knows himself ever more well and who is ever abler to serve the one infinite Creator as he so wishes.

At any point that you may wish for us to share your meditation, you have only to call upon us and we shall be with you, offering a carrier wave that helps to stabilize your own meditative vibrations. Simply ask for us mentally and we shall be with you, not to speak but only to love you and support your seeking. Thank you again for the opportunity to share our humble thoughts with you. We are those known to you as the principle of Q’uo. We leave you, as we found you, in the Love and in the Light of the one infinite Creator. Adonai, my friends. Adonai vasu borragus.

This morning I vacuumed the first floor of my home, and then I went outside and planted three packets of Morning Glories in the garden in the middle of the cross area in the back yard because when I was weeding this area yesterday I discovered what few Morning Glories had sprouted from being planted a couple of weeks ago seemed to have been eaten by some kind of bug.

This afternoon I went back outside and transplanted five trays of flowers in the flower garden in the center of the Moss Garden: one tray of White Lobelia, one tray of Blue Lobelia, one tray of Red Begonias, and two trays that did not have a name of the variety of flower.

From A Book of Days, channeled by Carla L. Rueckert:

May 9

You Are The Holy One

I am the spirit of Jesus the Christ, and I greet you in the full consciousness which is divine Love.

Sometimes it may seem that troubles surround you, that your easy path seems hedged in at every turn and filled with boulders difficult to climb over and impossible to remove.

It may seem to you that you are then comfortless. This is not so. The Spirit of Jesus the Christ lives in the world this day, this moment, and for you. You are the holy one we have come to comfort. You are the seeking saint we hope to console. You are the doubting spirit we hope to renew.

Share your responsibilities, your troubles, and the difficulties of your path in prayer with those of us who Love you most dearly. In that sharing there shall be joy amidst hardship and strength amidst weakness.

In joy, in strength and in peace we leave you now and ever. Amen.

I said the prayer at the Gaia Meditation tonight:

We come in the name of love and open our hearts, minds, and souls to send love, light, and healing energy to Mother Earth as she brings forth a new Earth in the fourth density. We ask that the infinite love, light, and healing energy of the One Infinite Creator heal the hearts of all souls in pain on Earth tonight. May all souls on Earth feel our love, light, and healing energy in their hearts, their minds, and their souls. Amen.

I did the Morning Offering and then got myself ready for the day. Today the Q’uo quote comes from January 20, 2009:

Jim: This is T’s question: “I came across a great book called Cosmos written by Carl Sagan. It describes the intelligence of whales vividly and also describes the cruel behavior of mankind toward them and dolphins. In brief, Sagan says dolphins and whales are telepathic and self-conscious beings and their spiritual level is even higher than that of mankind and that their original homeland is Earth since eons ago.

Meanwhile, in our LOO study group in Taipei we just read Session No. 90, and Ra there talked about their supposition about opposable thumbs and that it seems to be one of the key factors contributing to mankind’s warring tendencies. “My main question is, how may we learn from whales and dolphins on a steady, daily basis? Is it imperative that we should learn to communicate with dolphins and whales? If so, will Q’uo teach us how to communicate with them?”

(Carla channeling)

We are those known to you as the principle of Q’uo. Greetings in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator, in whose service we come to you this evening. We wish to thank this sitting circle and especially the one known as T for calling us to your circle of seeking. We are very happy to join you for this session of working, and to talk with you concerning the whales and dolphins of your oceans. However, as always, we would first request of you that you use your discrimination as you listen to or read these words, taking those thoughts which are resonant to you, and are helpful and leaving the rest behind. We would greatly appreciate your doing this as it allows us the freedom to offer our opinions without being concerned that we shall trespass upon your sacred spiritual process or infringe on your free will. We thank you for this consideration.

Justas your species has had its evolution interrupted by genetic manipulation many thousands of your years in the past, so has the evolution of those known to you as dolphins and whales and other cetaceans such as porpoises been interrupted, not by those from elsewhere than your planet but by those on the island-continent you have called Atlantis. The consciousness of these mammals was enhanced by the genetic manipulation which caused the so-called human and the so-called cetacean to be bonded, and blended, and unified into that which had every appearance of being a cetacean, yet that which now possessed a spirit complex of third-density level. Thusly, the natural process of reproduction gradually invested all of these species with third-density consciousness. Consequently, you, and the whales, and dolphins are indeed brothers, moving through the third-density major cycle of 76,000 or so of your years.

The necessity to engage in a dialogue between humans and dolphins, humans and whales, and humans and porpoises is attractive and compelling to many of your scientists, who grasp the unusual intelligence of these ocean-going mammals. Perhaps we may say that the best way to learn from the cetaceans of your planet is to imagine how you might experience third density if your field of endeavor were limited to those activities which could be accomplished without the use of hands with the opposable thumbs which the one known as T mentioned in his query. What would it be like to have a long life in which there were no jobs necessary in order to pay bills, where there were no resources to guard or territory to defend? How would your life be different if you were free to choose what dreams and visions with which you wished to occupy yourself; what meditations in which you wished to encompass yourself; what contemplation you wished to enjoy, not only for an hour or a few minutes but also for all your waking hours for an entire life?

T’s first question was: “My main question is, how may we learn from whales and dolphins on a steady, daily basis? Is it imperative that we should learn to communicate with dolphins and whales? If so, will Q’uo teach us how to communicate with them?” Q’uo began by saying just as your species has had its evolution interrupted by genetic manipulation many thousands of your years in the past, so has the evolution of dolphins, whales, and porpoises been interrupted by those on the island-continent of Atlantis, and the consciousness of these mammals was enhanced by the genetic manipulation which caused the so-called human and the so-called marine mammal to be bonded, and unified into that which had every appearance of being a marine mammal, yet is that which possessed a spirit complex of third-density level, so the natural process of reproduction invested all of these species with third-density consciousness, so that we and the whales and dolphins are brothers moving through the third-density major cycle of 75,000 of our years. Then Q’uo said that the necessity to engage in a dialogue between humans and dolphins, humans and whales, and humans and porpoises is compelling to many of our scientists, who grasp the unusual intelligence of these ocean-going mammals, so Q’uo said that the best way to learn from the marine mammals of our planet is to imagine how we might experience third density if our field of endeavor were limited to activities which could be accomplished without the use of hands with the opposable thumbs, and what would it be like to have life in which there were no jobs necessary in order to pay bills, and how our life would be different if we were free to choose what dreams with which we wished to occupy ourself; what meditations we wished to pursue not only for an hour but also for all our waking hours for an entire life? On November 29, 1981, Latwii spoke of the third-density nature of dolphins:

I am Latwii, and, my sister, in this regard, we may note that crossover, shall we say, between the races of your third-density beings, this including those known as dolphins and some forms of those called whales, has been very minimal. The genetic progress of the ones known as dolphins has been, for the most part, a progress of a homogeneous nature, dwelling also within the boundaries of the third-density illusion which you experience. Therefore, this trail which has been traveled by the dolphin is a trail which began at the same time the trail of the humanoid form began upon your planet, approximately 75,000 of your years ago.

If your joy was the dance of harmony with the elements, the dance of fellowship with those of your kind, and the dance of the mated family with the mated parents’ children, how would you be different than you are today? How would the environment of leisure and ease and rhythm affect you? How would the lack of necessity for creating and using tools affect you? It is clear that the changes would be profound. For in most human lives the pace of life revolves around the necessity for doing some sort of useful work. That is, useful as defined by those who would hire you to do that work in order to barter your time for the emolument  received. This emolument is necessary so that you may buy for you and your family food to eat, a roof over your heads, warmth in the winter, coolness in the summer, and clothing to create a modest appearance and cover the bareness of your physical form. There are many gadgets which your people find necessary or desirable. These too must be purchased with the money made from your work.

Only a very few humans are able to go through their incarnations without their consciousness being saturated with the hurry and the clangor of what this instrument would call the daily grind. That which you eat must be prepared, and then after it is eaten the detritus must be cleared away and this takes your time. The roof which is over your head must be maintained. The soil, dust, and other untidiness must be swept, and dusted, and scrubbed. Indeed, even your natural environment which you call your lawn has come to be that which must be maintained and not allowed to grow naturally. And so more time, more energy, more of your money are spent in creating for yourself the atmosphere that you prefer. Your world is full of limits: on this side is your property, on the other, someone else’s. In your closet are your clothes, not someone else’s. You spend a good deal of your time amassing your stockpile of useful and desirable items and these, too, must be maintained. Batteries need changing, power cords must be found. The list goes on and on.

This is in stark contrast to your brothers and sisters who are able to ride freely through the ever-changing waters where food is plentiful and is found with no discernable effort, where all waters are acceptable in temperature, where there is no money to make, and there are no goods to buy. There is nothing to store up against a harsh winter or old age. There is only the air to breathe, the water in which to swim, companionship and the dreams, meditations and contemplations of all the years of life. What can you learn from the contemplation of these differences, my brother? It was the choice of those Atlanteans who volunteered for the experiments in genetics to choose these beautiful animals. The politics of their home in Atlantis seemed to them to be questionable in polarity and so it seemed desirable to them, therefore, to use their technology to embark upon a great adventure. These, then, who swim the seas of your time, are the descendants of the philosophers and sages who saw a better way to move through the spiritual evolution of third density, choosing not so much service to others as a refusal to live in service to self.

Then Q’uo said if our joy: “was the dance of harmony with the elements, the dance of fellowship with those of your kind, and the dance of the mated family with the mated parents’ children, how would you be different than you are today? How would the environment of leisure and ease and rhythm affect you? How would the lack of necessity for creating and using tools affect you?” Q’uo went on to say it is clear that the changes would be profound, for the pace of our lives revolves around the necessity for doing some sort of useful work as defined by those who would hire us to do that work in order to earn money for the time that we worked so that we may buy food for our family to eat, a roof over our heads, warmth in the winter, coolness in the summer, and clothing to create a modest appearance, and there are many gadgets which we find necessary, so they must be purchased with the money made from our work. Q’uo went on to say very few of us are able to go through our incarnations without our consciousness being saturated with the hurry and the bustle of what Carla would call the daily grind because that which we eat must be cooked, and then dishes must be washed, and our home must be maintained and cleaned, and the grass has to be cut which requires more of our time, energy, and money which are spent in creating an atmosphere that we prefer, so our world is full of limits of our property, our clothes, and we spend a good deal of our time amassing useful tools, batteries that need charging, and power cords must be found, and the list goes on. Q’uo completed their reply by saying this is in contrast to our brothers and sisters who are able to ride freely through the waters where food is plentiful and is found with no effort, where all waters are warm, where there is no money to make, no goods to buy, and there is only the air to breathe, the water in which to swim, companionship, and the dreams and contemplations of all the years of life, so we can learn from the contemplation of these differences that it was the choice of Atlanteans who volunteered for the experiments in genetics to choose these beautiful animals because the politics of their home in Atlantis seemed to be questionable in polarity, and so it seemed desirable to use their technology to embark upon a great adventure so that those who swim the seas of our time are the descendants of the philosophers and sages who saw a better way to move through the spiritual evolution of third density, choosing not so much service to others as a refusal to live in service to self. In 10.15, Ra had a little different take on the nature of the Atlanteans to create life forms:

The Atlantean race was a very conglomerate social complex which began to form approximately three one oh oh oh, thirty-one thousand [31,000] years in the past of your space/time continuum illusion. It was a slow growing and very agrarian society until approximately one five oh oh oh, fifteen thousand [15,000] of your years ago. It reached quickly a high technological understanding which caused it to be able to use intelligent infinity in a less informative manner. We may add that they used intelligent energy as well, manipulating greatly the natural influxes of the indigo or pineal ray from divine or infinite energy. Thus, they were able to create life forms. This they began to do instead of healing and perfecting their own mind/body/spirit complexes, turning their distortions towards what you may call the negative.

May we ask if there is a follow-up to this query, my brother? We are those of Q’uo.

Jim: His second question is, “According to Ra Session 90, our Logos seemed to be in favor of the bipedal monkey’s physical body. If so, then how come dolphins and whales seem to get the upper hand over mankind in spiritual development? It seems they don’t have the heavy veil of forgetting as we do. Why is that?”

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. The one infinite Creator, my brother, was not responsible for choosing the bipedal monkey, or great ape, over any other species. Rather, it was the social memory complex known as Yahweh who felt that this form would be a very efficient one for exploring the question of polarity. The Creator is utterly willing for any species to achieve a third-density level of awareness and to take on, therefore, the spirit complex as a portion of the self. The potential of intelligence and insight in humans, the descendants of great apes, and in cetaceans, those who originally were land animals but evolved into sea-going animals, is roughly the same, the ratio of brain size to body size being similar.

However, the human species has become increasingly distracted from the deeper levels of contemplation, meditation, imagination, insight, and dreaming. The consciousness that is common to both species has been greatly interrupted by the intellect of the human species, which has more and more, as your centuries have rolled by, become involved in making choices, none of which bear upon spiritual questions. Consequently, the great blessing and resource of the frontal lobes of your brains is not used. There is no concerted effort to develop and learn the use of these frontal lobes. The process of achieving connection with this part of the brain is not that which is widely taught.

T’s second question was: “According to Ra Session 90, our Logos seemed to be in favor of the bipedal monkey’s physical body. If so, then how come dolphins and whales seem to get the upper hand over mankind in spiritual development? It seems they don’t have the heavy veil of forgetting as we do. Why is that?” Q’uo began by saying the one infinite Creator was not responsible for choosing the bipedal great ape over any other species, but it was the social memory complex Yahweh who felt that this form would be an efficient one for exploring the question of polarity, and the Creator is willing for any species to achieve a third-density level of awareness and to take on the spirit complex as a portion of the self, so the potential of intelligence in humans, the descendants of great apes, and in the marine mammals, those who originally were land animals but evolved into sea-going animals, is roughly the same, the ratio of brain size to body size being similar. Then Q’uo said the human species has become distracted from the deeper levels of meditation, insight, and dreaming, so the consciousness that is common to both species has been interrupted by the intellect of the human species, and as our centuries have rolled by, become involved in making choices, none of which bear upon spiritual questions, and the resources of the frontal lobes of our brain are not used, so there is no concerted effort to develop and learn the use of the frontal lobes, so the process of achieving connection with this part of the brain is not that which is widely taught. In 61.13, Ra described the purpose of the frontal lobes of our brain:

Questioner: OK, then I will ask this one. Could you tell us the purpose of the frontal lobes of the brain and the conditions necessary for their activation?

I am Ra. The frontal lobes of the brain will, shall we say, have much more use in fourth density.

The primary mental/emotive condition of this large area of the so-called brain is joy, or love, in its creative sense. Thus, the energies which we have discussed in relationship to the pyramids—all of the healing, the learning, the building, and the energizing—are to be found in this area. This is the area tapped by the adept. This is the area which, working through the trunk and root of mind, makes contact with intelligent energy and, through this gateway, intelligent infinity.

This instrument would say that the human species has shot itself in the foot. It has turned its back upon a great spiritual resource, that which is a great enhancer of the consciousness that is the gift of the Creator to all species in third density, what they have in common. That is the same for all. However, humans have chosen to continue to develop their ability to use tools, make connections, and find ways to do things in the arena of the world with its many gadgets, its many machines, its more and more sophisticated electronics. The spiritual aspect of those frontal lobes has given away to the sharpening and ever more complex use of the intellect, that part of the mind which is different for each entity, that part of the mind which is not liable to find connections between self and other-self. Consequently, humans have locked themselves into isolated pockets of awareness that begin and end with the area between left ear to right ear and top of the head to bottom of the brain.

Humans have done a marvelous job of developing the possibilities of intellectual thought while they have left carelessly neglected, and for the most part abandoned, the deeper realms of insight, meditation, and contemplation, those activities that connect the frontal lobes with the rest of the brain. You have not had the choice of those sages from Atlantis. You do not have freedom to choose the environment of land and the opposable thumb or the water that goes on forever with no boundaries and no limits to entrain the mind and shut it down. Therefore, it may well seem that the whales and dolphins have more wisdom than their human counterparts. However, their and your resources are the same. It is the environmental difference that has shaped the way the two species have used third density to make their choice of polarity.

Now Q’uo said Carla would say that the human species has shot itself in the foot because it has turned its back upon a great spiritual resource, that which is an enhancer of the consciousness that is the gift of the Creator to all species in third density, and that is the same for all, but humans have chosen to continue to develop their ability to use tools and find ways to do things in the world with its many gadgets, machines, and its more sophisticated electronics, so the spiritual aspect of the frontal lobes has given away to the more complex use of the intellect, that part of our mind which is different for each entity, and which is not liable to find connections between self and other-self, so humans have locked themselves into isolated pockets of awareness that begin and end with the area between left ear to right ear and top of the head to bottom of the brain. Q’uo went on to say humans have done a marvelous job of developing the possibilities of intellectual thought while they have abandoned the deeper realms of insight and meditation that connect the frontal lobes with the rest of our brain, and we have not had the choice of those sages from Atlantis, so we do not have freedom to choose the environment of land and the opposable thumb, or the water that goes on forever with no boundaries to entrain our mind and shut it down, and it may seem that the whales and dolphins have more wisdom than their human counterparts, but their and our resources are the same, and it is the environmental difference that has shaped the way the two species have used third density to make their choice of polarity. On February 14, 1988, Q’uo spoke of the limitations of intellectual thought:

As we speak to you, your peoples have become most fascinated with the intellect and the fruit of intellectual thought, and we are often called to those who are starving for the fruits of intuition which have been obliterated by overuse of the intellect, for the intellect can be slave or master, and it is well that the intellect be a disciplined servant of the self and not a master. Yet, it is well also that the intuitional self be a disciplined servant and not the master. The master is indeed that which is your own self, and you are mystery as great as the Creator.

May we answer you further, my brother? We are those of Q’uo.

Jim: “Carla’s latest UPI article mentioned the environmental issue, and after reading it I can’t help asking the question, Q’uo, do you think the dolphins and whales are better or more adequate keepers of Mother Earth than human beings? And if you don’t like to answer simply yes or no, could you just comment on the question?”

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. It cannot be said that those who swim the seas have any capacity to be stewards of the ocean in which they swim. Having no opposable thumbs, they have not created tools to make things that may or may not be negative in their impact on the environment. Consequently, they have never left the state of nature in which they are simply a part of their environment. They do not create difficulties with their environment, for their environment has formed them, and they follow the ways of their environment.

Humans, on the other hand, have every capacity to make an impact upon their environment, either as a plunderer or as a steward. For some of your years your peoples have forgotten that they are part of their environment and that their environment is part of them. So, they have turned from being stewards to being plunderers, taking from the Earth that which the Earth cannot replace and creating a downward spiral with the careless and thoughtless use of resources which cannot be sustained. It is to humans then that the great challenge is offered, and it is to those same humans to choose their response to the various bad habits, shall we say, that humans have created in their so-called civilization. Indeed, we find that the shock of awakening to find how cruel they have been, indeed, to their Mother Earth is a stunning one for many who have only gradually awakened to the awareness that they wish to be part of the dance of life on Earth and not its rapist and its thief.

We hope that more and more it will be a challenge gladly met and enthusiastically taken up to find ways to coexist as part of the dance and part of the good within the environment of Planet Earth. We feel that, more and more, there is great love in your peoples’ hearts for their Earth Mother. And we find this a very helpful and appropriate emotion, one that greatly aids in the process of polarization towards service to others.

May we ask if there is another query at this time? We are those of Q’uo.

Jim: “According to information from Q’uo, the fourth density is coming very soon. When Earth enters the fourth density fully, I suppose there will be two kinds of fourth density beings: one looking like humans and the other looking like dolphins or whales. Is this correct?”

We are those of Q’uo and are aware of your query, my brother. My brother, it is certainly correct in terms of the early graduates of third density, for it takes a certain amount of what you call time and experience in fourth density in order to begin to enjoy the freedom that this density offers. We are not those who can probe your future in terms of linear time, for in the linear space/time sense these choices have not yet been made.

But within fourth density there is the capacity of the physical body to make choices as to what form it would wish to use. This opens the choice not only to the human form and the form of the cetaceans but other forms as well. So, we would say, my brother, in early fourth density there certainly shall be found many fourth-density cetaceans and many fourth-density humans, in that their forms continue to resemble those species. As fourth density evolves, so shall the choices of its souls.

May we ask if there is another query at this time? We are those of Q’uo.

Jim: The last question concerns diet. T says: “Basically, I think we are free to eat any kind of food we desire. However, we don’t eat human flesh because it is against the law and unethical. But what about whales and dolphins? If we kill and eat them, do we incur or increase negative karma, like when we kill a person?”

We are those of Q’uo and are aware of your query, my brother. Karma is incurred when an entity makes a choice in service to self, knowing that this choice shall harm another sentient being. There are very few human entities upon your planet at this time that have any awareness at all of the nature of the cetaceans. Consequently, since to their awareness they are only destroying fish, their karma is that of one who destroys fish. One who is ignorant cannot be held as being guilty of that in which he was in complete ignorance.

On the other hand, it is well to point out that there is what you may call a kind of karma involved in eating anything whatsoever: berries, nuts, vegetables, grasses, and dairy products. All of these things have a consciousness of a kind. It is not only the flesh of fish and animals that cannot be consumed without there being a responsive effect. All things that move into feeding you as a human have given their consciousness to you and consequently, it is a spiritually positive practice to remember always to give thanks for every morsel of nutrition that is ingested. We find in this instrument’s mind the awareness that there are certain kinds of tuna that contain dolphins and that this instrument has long ago refused to purchase that particular kind of tuna. And we would suppose that wherever the awareness has come of the special nature of these cetaceans, there is the corresponding refusal to ingest their flesh.

The way of your density is the way of bodies that are created as chemical distilleries which take in raw materials and process them chemically in order to break them down, to use the nutriments that the body needs and then to excrete that which is left over. It is certainly an excellent idea to spiritualize the process of eating, giving it respect and honor, and giving to those nuts and berries, vegetables, dairy products, and meats that are eaten thanks and praise for the gift of their consciousness.

T’s third question was: “Basically, I think we are free to eat any kind of food we desire. However, we don’t eat human flesh because it is against the law and unethical. But what about whales and dolphins? If we kill and eat them, do we incur or increase negative karma, like when we kill a person?” Q’uo began by saying karma is incurred when we make a choice in service to self, knowing that this choice shall harm another sentient being, and there are very few humans upon our planet that have any awareness of the nature of the marine mammals  since to their awareness they are only destroying fish, and their karma is that of one who destroys fish because one who is ignorant cannot be held as being guilty of that in which they were in complete ignorance. Q’uo continued by saying it is well to point out that there is what we may call a kind of karma involved in eating any kind of food: berries, nuts, vegetables, grasses, and dairy products since all of these things have consciousness of a kind, so it is not only the flesh of animals that cannot be consumed without there being karma, and all things that move into feeding us have given their consciousness to us, and it is a spiritually positive practice to remember to give thanks for every morsel of nutrition that we ingest, and we find in Carla’s mind the awareness that there are certain kinds of tuna that contain dolphins and that this instrument has long ago refused to purchase that kind of tuna, [1] and Q’uo said that wherever the awareness has come of the special nature of these marine mammals, there is the corresponding refusal to ingest their flesh. Q’uo continued by saying the way of our density is the way of bodies that are created as chemical distilleries which take in raw materials and process them chemically in order to break them down, to use the nutriments that our body needs and then to excrete that which is left over, and it is an excellent idea to spiritualize the process of eating, giving it respect, and giving nuts, berries, vegetables, dairy products, and meats that we eat thanks and praise for the gift of their consciousness. In 34.4, Ra gave the basic definition of karma:

Questioner: Thank you. Would you define karma?

Ra: I am Ra. Our understanding of karma is that which may be called inertia. Those actions which are put into motion will continue using the ways of balancing until such time as the controlling or higher principle which you may liken unto your braking or stopping is invoked. This stoppage of the inertia of action may be called forgiveness. These two concepts are inseparable.

[1] There are two quick ways to make sure the canned tuna you purchase is dolphin-free: buying the water-packed white tuna as opposed to the oil-packed, darker tuna, and checking the can labels for the notice “Dolphin Safe.” Over 90% of all tuna canners are now in compliance with this labeling and dolphin mortality has correspondingly shrunk over 90%

We would close this contemplation of dolphins, whales, and porpoises by considering one last characteristic of their being, and that is communication. The communication of cetaceans is concept communication. It is not yet telepathy. There is the creation of sound that travels through the medium of water which contains the very short bursts of communication that create the cluster of thoughts within concept. There are great advantages to concept communication over communication by words, for in concept communication there is not the possibility of misunderstanding because of clumsily used words.

This instrument also has learned to use concept communication to receive concepts and to translate them into language. However, for you as a species to learn to offer concepts to each other rather than words is perhaps expecting too much, for you have the capacity to vocalize, and whether you sing your language or speak it, you have great facility in modulating your voice and in making a variety of sounds. Of all of those ways of evolving that have split between the land-based, opposable-thumbed humans and the water-based cetaceans, this is perhaps the single most telling difference. And, in a way, it explains much of the confusion and turmoil of you who dwell upon the land and speak words at each other but often not with each other. We hope that you may learn not only from the dolphins and whales but also from us, who speak in concepts to those with ears to hear and hearts to understand.

Q’uo went on to say we would close this discussion of dolphins, whales, and porpoises by considering one last characteristic of their being, and that is communication, so the communication of marine mammals is concept communication–not telepathy—and there is the creation of sound that travels through water which contains short bursts of communication that create the cluster of thoughts within a concept, so there are great advantages to concept communication over communication by words, for in concept communication there is not the possibility of misunderstanding because of clumsily used words. Q’uo completed their reply by saying Carla also has learned to use concept communication to receive concepts and to translate them into language, but for us as a species to learn to offer concepts to each other rather than words is perhaps expecting too much, for we have the capacity to vocalize, and whether we sing our language or speak it, we have the ability in changing our voice and making a variety of sounds, and of all of those ways of evolving that have split between the land-based, opposable-thumbed humans and the water-based, marine mammals, this is the most telling difference, so it explains much of the confusion for us who dwell upon the land and speak words at each other but often not with each other, so Q’uo hoped that we may learn not only from dolphins and whales but also from them as they speak in concepts to those with ears to hear and hearts to understand. On April 19, 2009, Q’uo spoke of the value of our ears to hear and hearts to understand:

As you continually offer yourselves as instruments of the Creator’s love and peace, you shall find great aid in several things. Firstly, you shall find enormous help in entering the silence. The tremendous learnings and new awarenesses with which this time is so rich, to those who have ears to hear and hearts to understand, offer you many gifts. Indeed, too many gifts for you to assimilate without moving into the silence and letting these new learnings and awarenesses be seated and integrated into your deep mind and into the basic balances of your energy body.

Just as sleep offers rest to the physical body that it may reset its systems, cleanse toxins from the body, and restore the body to the balance which is its best balance for continued life and growth, just so entering the silence gives your metaphysical body, the energy body, the time of rest and recuperation that it needs from the hustle and bustle of incoming catalyst and hard-won victories. It allows new learnings to be seated in the subconscious mind. It allows new balances to be confirmed and implemented. It cleanses the toxins of fear, self-doubt, and low self-worth from the system. And it resets the system at its best tuning.

What a joy it has been, my friends, to speak with you at this time. We would thank the one known as T with all our hearts for probing ever more deeply into the nature of things in an effort that never tires to seek the truth, to find the love, and to choose the service that offers the most compassion and the most light. We thank the one known as T for his being and for his service, as well as for his questions, which it has been our privilege and pleasure to consider.

At this time, we would leave this instrument and this group, thanking each for the beauty of your shared vibrations. We are known to you as the principle of Q’uo. We leave you in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator. Adonai, my friends, Adonai.

This morning I went outside and weeded the Morning Glories in the pyramid located in the cross area in the back yard. It looks like something inside the protective netting has been eating the Morning Glories, so I will buy more seeds and plant them tomorrow. Then I weeded the Day Lillies along the north side of the garage. After the weeding was done, I went on an errand run with my first stop being at Thieneman’s Nursery to buy four flats of flowers that need half sun and half shade. My net stop was at Paul’s Fruit Market where I bought some food for myself. My last stop was at Walgreens’ Drug Store where I bought some Pepsi-Zero and picked up a prescription.

This afternoon I used my trimmer to trim the weed in the gardens around the fishpond, in the pet cemetery, and in the front yard.

From A Book of Days, channeled by Carla L. Rueckert:

May 8

The Garden Of The Spirit

I am of the principle of the full consciousness of Love. I am the Garden of your heart.

I am the fountain of joy. I dwell in the midst of experience and no creature is far from me at any time.

The difficulties of experience may seem like many waters separating the soul from Light, separating the thirsty one from wholesome drink. And yet the water of troubles is shallow. And with the feet under one, the soul may stand up into good air and see the fountain of life.

Know that if you are in trouble of any kind today, it is a shallow and unstable trouble, a mere shadow waiting only for the heart to pound with courage and faith, that the feet may be gathered under one and the soul’s body be thrust upright.

For truly it is said that man has never left the Garden of the Spirit in any but the most shallow sense. A little round of salvation may seem large. Yet because it is a perfect circle you have never been without it.

We leave you in peace, now and ever. Amen.

I said the prayer at the Gaia Meditation tonight:

We come in the name of love and open our hearts, minds, and souls to send love, light, and healing energy to Mother Earth as she brings forth a new Earth in the fourth density. We ask that the infinite love, light, and healing energy of the One Infinite Creator heal the hearts of all souls in pain on Earth tonight. May all souls on Earth feel our love, light, and healing energy in their hearts, their minds, and their souls. Amen.

I did the Morning Offering and then got myself ready for the day. Today the Q’uo quote comes from January 10, 2009:

Question from G: Q’uo, Newton’s Third Law of Motion states that for every action there is an equal and opposite reaction. In a similar vein, the central theme of the Baghavad Gita consists of a metaphorical battle between the lower, self-serving, sense-enslaved forces of past habits and conditioning versus the higher forces of discrimination, freedom, love, and unity. As the so-called higher forces are called into action in this metaphorical battle—that is, as the self begins to awaken and desires to seek the truth—the so-called lower self is stirred, and agitated, and called to battle. The more that attempts are made to evolve into a higher and more humble understanding, the harder the lower self works to defeat those efforts. Q’uo, on the level of pure, undifferentiated, unmanifest unity, there are no dynamic forces at play. But to whatever extent that the seeker is working within the illusions of duality and opposing forces, is there a counter-pull to attempts at evolution? In other words, as attempts are made to know and become the light, is there a corresponding intensification of the darkness within?

(Carla channeling)

We are those known to you as the principle of Q’uo. Greetings in the love and in the light of the one infinite Creator in whose service we come to you this day. It is our privilege and our pleasure to be called to your circle of seeking, and we gladly join in this sacred session of working to speak with you concerning the light and the dark and the evolution of humankind. As always, before we begin we would enjoin you to use all discrimination as you listen to what we have to say, harvesting for your later thought those thoughts of ours which resonate with you and leaving the rest behind. If you use your powers of discrimination and trust in them, you shall not be led astray by slick words and by shallow thoughts but shall remain within your integrity and follow your own process. We greatly thank you for this consideration as it allows us to speak freely those thoughts which we would share with you at this time.

Wethank the one known as G for this query, for it gives us an opportunity to share thoughts concerning the principle characteristic of your density, and to some extent, the earlier portion of the density which is to come. Your density is often called the density of Choice. With choice there is the exclusive reference to the dynamic of two paths, one high, one low; one radiant, one magnetic; one service-to-others, one service-to-self. Just as that is the central characteristic of your density, so is it the central activity of the spiritual seeker to make the choice between the high and the low, the radiant and the magnetic, the light and the dark, service to others or service to self.

We speak to those that have made that initial choice of service to others. We too, in our third densities, made that choice, each for ourselves, and so we walk that path of the Light, the radiant, the service-to-others. You join with us and are wonderful companions to us as we share your vibrations in this circle of seeking. How wonderful it is to walk together! Evolution is inevitable. No force can oppose it. No force can keep it from going forward. However, the engine of desire can accelerate the pace of spiritual evolution. We say this to indicate that it is not that the powers of darkness attempt to impede evolution. Rather it is that the powers of darkness ask the seeker to evolve according to the service-to-self path. Such progress may seem to be unpleasant to one who is completely dedicated to seeking in service to others. To achieve ever greater polarity in service-to-self, however, is as valid a path of evolution of mind, body, and spirit as is the polarity of service-to-others on the path of Light. Both paths come eventually to unity in sixth density.

G’s first question was: “Q’uo, on the level of pure, undifferentiated, unmanifest unity, there are no dynamic forces at play. But to whatever extent that the seeker is working within the illusions of duality and opposing forces, is there a counter-pull to attempts at evolution? In other words, as attempts are made to know and become the light, is there a corresponding intensification of the darkness within?” Q’uo thanked G for this query, because it gave them an opportunity to share thoughts concerning the nature of our density and to the earlier portion of the density which is to come, so our density is called the density of Choice, and with Choice there is the reference to the dynamic of two paths of service-to-others, and service-to-self, so just as that is the central characteristic of our density, so is it the central activity of the spiritual seeker to make the choice between service to others or service to self. Then Q’uo said we speak to those that have made that initial Choice of service to others, and we also, in our third densities, made that Choice, and we walk that path of the Light and service-to-others, so Q’uo said that we are companions to them as they share our vibrations in this circle of seeking, and how wonderful it is to walk together because evolution is inevitable, and no force can oppose it, but the engine of our desire can accelerate the pace of spiritual evolution, and the powers of darkness ask us to evolve according to service-to-self since it is as valid a path of evolution of mind, body, and spirit as is the polarity of service-to-others on the path of Light, but both paths come eventually to unity in sixth density. In 36.15, Ra described how both paths come into unity in the sixth density:

The sixth-density negative entity is extremely wise. It observes the spiritual entropy occurring due to the lack of ability to express the unity of sixth density. Thus, loving the Creator and realizing at some point that the Creator is not only self but other-self as self, this entity consciously chooses an instantaneous energy reorientation so that it may continue its evolution.

So, when thinking about the way each action is met by an equal and opposing action, it is not necessary to think of this illusion but rather to think of a choice that is made once, and then again, again, and again, throughout an incarnational experience. The hope that those minions of the dark have in offering that necessary darkness that shadows the Light is that the seeker shall be distracted and stop moving in a continuous pattern of choices that are equally positive and find that the self is considering choices that are not necessarily dark, but are those which indicate the attraction of shadow. The seeker that is distracted by temptation may feel himself burning out and find that he must sit by the side of the road for a time and rest. This does not halt the engine of evolution, which is inevitable. It merely slows that process of acceleration that had been ongoing before that temptation had been accepted.

It is, however, quite true that as a seeker stands closer and closer to the Light, he casts an ever sharper shadow, so that he draws attention. And consequently, he receives the attention of those energies and essences of what this instrument might term “the dark side,” following the pop-culture term of Star Wars. When you consider further that those who seek the Light are innocent and naïve, and that those who seek service-to-self polarity are clever and subtle, you can begin to see the shape of temptation. There is not so much the heavy-handed energetic displacement of physical pain or those temptations that one might see as heavy or obvious. Rather it is that such temptations are insidious. You may have decided on a program of meditation and the insidious voice says, “Not today, perhaps tomorrow.” You may have decided to fast about speaking ill of another and the insidious voice says, “But justice must be done, I must be fair, I must find equity, I must not keep silent.”

Then Q’uo said when thinking about the way each action is met by an equal and opposing action, it is not necessary to think of this illusion but rather to think of a choice that is made once, and then again, and again, throughout an incarnational experience, so the hope of those minions of the dark have in offering that darkness that shadows the Light is that we shall stop moving in a pattern of choices that are positive and find that we are considering choices that are not dark, but are those which indicate the attraction of shadow, and when we are distracted by temptation we may feel ourself burning out, and find that we must sit by the side of the road and rest, but this does not halt the engine of evolution, which is inevitable, but it slows that process of growth that had been going on before that temptation had been accepted. Q’uo went on to say it is true that as we stand closer to the Light, we cast a sharper shadow, so that we draw attention, and we receive the attention of those energies of what Carla might term “the dark side”, so when we consider that those who seek the Light are innocent and naïve, and that those who seek service-to-self polarity are clever and subtle, we can see the shape of temptation, and there are not those temptations that we might see as obvious, but it is that such temptations are insidious, and we may have decided on a program of meditation and the insidious voice says: “’Not today, perhaps tomorrow.” We may have decided to fast about speaking ill of another and the insidious voice says, “But justice must be done, I must be fair, I must find equity, I must not keep silent.’” On June 14, 2005, Q’uo spoke of how some of those of the service-to-self polarity are called by service-to-others entities:

There is a tremendous focusing of Love and Light from all of those who respond to this calling from your peoples. It is our privilege and our blessing to be so called. There are also those with darker energies, which this instrument calls the service-to-self polarity, and to some extent they have also been called to your planet by those desiring to move ahead on the path of service to others. A wide range of information is available. Those who wish to receive messages of hope and truth along the path of service to others have called to us, and to you, children of Earth, the brothers and sisters of sorrow have come. We are your kindred, and we feel your sorrow. We cannot take your suffering upon us. We cannot participate in your choices.

It is that insidious voice that moves the energy expenditure of your day from a straight line of service to others and instead encourages the turning away into consideration of those things which have nothing to do with service to others but have everything to do with the comfort and the preferences of the self. Are those desires for comfort and those preferences negative or lower than the higher desires? My friends, we would say no. All desires are worthy. All desires are free to be followed until there is no longer that desire; until that desire has fallen away effortlessly. There is no consideration of lowness or judgment of one desire over another. You are here as entities evolving by knowing more and more about yourself. You experience those things desired, observe the results of those desires, and so gradually gather knowledge concerning yourself and insight concerning your perceptions. As a result you refine your desires and purify your choices and your intentions.

There is no such thing as a mistake because the results of that mistake will inevitably true themselves through time, bringing you onto the path you chose before incarnation by a series of serendipitous turns and twists. Consequently, you can rest from a concern that you can get off the track in a final or permanent way. The track goes with you and a homing sense within you shall steer you in whatever vector is necessary back toward your true and fundamental desire. Consequently, we would encourage those who seek to become ever more full of Light and more transparent to the will of the infinite One; to examine with love and not with judgment those moments of temptation, those time of listening to the insidious voice that would distract you and use up the energy of the day in doing those things which, upon thought, you may not prefer to do.

Q’uo went on to say it is that insidious voice that moves the energy expenditure of our day from service to others and towards everything to do with the comfort and the preferences of our self, so Q’uo asked if those desires for personal comfort are negative, but then they said they were not because all desires are free to be followed until that desire has fallen away, and there is no judgment of one desire over another, so we are here as entities evolving by knowing more about ourself, and we experience those things that we desire, and we gather knowledge concerning ourself and our perceptions, and then we refine our desires and purify our choices. Then Q’uo said there is no such thing as a mistake because the results of that mistake will inevitably true themselves through time, bringing us onto the path we chose before incarnation by a series of coincidences, so we can rest from concern that we can get off of our path in a final way because our path goes with us and a homing sense within us shall steer us in whatever direction is necessary back toward our true desire, so Q’uo encouraged us to become more full of Light and more transparent to the will of the infinite One; to examine with love and not with judgment those moments of temptation, those times of listening to the insidious voice that would distract us and use up the energy of our day in doing those things which we may not prefer to do. On September 20, 1992, Q’uo described how we can manifest the will of the infinite One:

The universal self is all of you, yet you are the universal Self alone. You are holy and profane, and you are as much a mystery as is the Creator. Your mystery and your service may be contained, convenient, and finite, or you may choose the high road of attempting to universalize modes of perception so that you move more and more into an acceptance of that which the mind brings. Full and loving action in the face of circumstance is your path of service. Each is on that path. Sudden changes take place in such paths and the scenery changes. As long as the attention is kept upon the will of the infinite One whatever service lies before you will feel most blessed.

As you become more mature, spiritually speaking, and more seasoned, you shall feel again and again that you have done nothing but take a step back. But this, my friends, is due to the fact that as you stand closer to the Light you see every blemish, every chink in the armor of Light that lies within yourself. And that too is a great temptation. It is a temptation to move away from spontaneity and being present in the moment, to turn to self-judgment and self-recrimination because you see these self-perceived imperfections. And yet, this too is the shadow side of self, that insidious voice that takes you away from the straight path of being transparent to the light and open to the moment, so that you may cooperate with whatever is occurring, whether it would seem to be a positive experience or a negative one.

We give you the example of this instrument it spoke of earlier in the round-robin talk that preceded this meditation, of being in the hospital and experiencing a fairly long period of discomfort that seemed to her to be completely unnecessary. It would have been very easy for this instrument to listen to those insidious voices, to feel self-pity, to feel anger, to feel self-judgment. However, this instrument chose, and well she chose, to give thanks, knowing from experience that such times of challenge are gifts hard to open but sweet in the opening. Such times shall come to this instrument and to all who seek the Love and Light of the one infinite Creator. As the seeking intensifies, so may the times of trial. That is what your illusion is for, the testing, the choosing, the testing, and the choosing again. It is a tapestry of light and dark, and there are no wrong choices, only the discovery of the self through the experiences of choice.

Q’uo continued by saying as we become more spiritually mature we shall feel we have done nothing but take a step back, but this is because as we stand closer to the Light we see every chink in the armor of Light that lies within our self, and that is a great temptation to move away from being present in the moment, to turn to self-judgment because we see our imperfections, but this is the shadow side of our self, that voice that takes us away from the straight path of being transparent to the Light and open to the moment, so that we may cooperate with whatever is occurring, whether it would seem to be a positive experience or a negative one. Then Q’uo gave us the example of Carla who spoke, in the round-robin talk that preceded this meditation, of being in the hospital and experiencing a long period of discomfort that seemed to her to be unnecessary, and it would have been easy for her to listen to those voices, to feel self-judgment, but she chose to give thanks, knowing from experience that such times of challenge are gifts hard to open but sweet in the opening, and such times shall come to her and to all who seek the Love and Light of the one infinite Creator because as the seeking intensifies, so may the times of trial, so that is what our illusion is for: the testing, the choosing, the testing, and the choosing again, and it is a tapestry of light and dark, and there are no wrong choices, only the discovery of our self through the experiences of choice. On October 21, 2001, Q’uo spoke of the value of times of trial for us:

Times of trial and trouble such as the one you experience now are those times when fear can be most crippling, and when that leap of faith can be most powerfully effective. What thoughts are you thinking at this moment? What thoughts have crossed your mind this day? What are your patterns of thought? Where do you put the value in your thinking time? And how would you choose to change those patterns of thought? Work in consciousness can be dazzlingly fast and brilliant. Instantaneous changes and transformations can occur, but in an incarnational experience the great majority of time is spent not in the flashes of illumination but in those times between, in those valleys between the mountaintop experiences. And yet those valleys can be your heaven or your hell or anything in between. Each thought that you think is at once an accident and a creation.

We said to you at the beginning of this conversation that it is not only third density that is wrapped up in the dynamic of positive and negative, but the beginning of fourth density as well. Indeed, there are many who, being new to fourth density, offer themselves as soldiers of the Light and see the soldiers of the dark as enemies to be battled. The insidious voices have won the day! And yet, this too is acceptable, and it does not halt the movement of evolution. It merely distracts it from its accelerated path, that acceleration that is chosen by those who seek the Light. On and on the war in heaven, as this instrument calls this phenomenon, runs until the last of third density has graduated and there is no more battleground over which to fight. Do not deplore this situation, for many there are who cannot quickly see through the nature of this dynamic of Light and dark and who must in taking sides become embattled.

The beauty of this obviously distorted choice is that while fourth density wages this war, it bleeds away the harshest of the fear, anger, and other negative emotions which lie within the red-ray’s inner planes, which constitute a great engine of fear which pops out in third density as geysers of negativity coming up through the mud of the subconscious and into the mind. It is a stabilizing factor for the inner planes of third density and it has alleviated harsh vibrations, just as the energy of All Saints Day alleviates but does not obliterate the energy of All-Hallows Eve. As these times of temptation occur within your seeking, be not afraid, for you are not alone. Standing with you is the entire body of those within the inner planes who vibrate in Love, forgiveness, and charity. Call upon and feel the tremendous force of that support. It is unseen, yet it is ever near and ever powerful.

Q’uo said to us at the beginning of this conversation that it is not only third density that is wrapped up in the dynamic of positive and negative, but the beginning of fourth density as well, and there are many who, being new to fourth density, offer themselves as soldiers of the Light and see the soldiers of the dark as enemies to be battled, so the insidious voices have won the day, yet this too is acceptable since it does not halt the movement of our evolution, but it distracts it from its path of acceleration that is chosen by us who seek the Light, so on and on the war in heaven runs, as Carla calls this phenomenon, until the last of third density has graduated, and there is no more battleground over which to fight, so we must not deplore this situation, for many there are who cannot see through the nature of this dynamic of Light and dark and who must, in taking sides, become embattled. Then Q’uo said the beauty of this distorted choice is that while fourth density wages this war, it bleeds away the harshest of the fear and anger which lie within the red-ray’s inner planes, which constitute an engine of fear which pops out in third density as geysers of negativity coming up through the mud of our subconscious and into our mind, and it is a stabilizing factor for the inner planes of third density which has alleviated harsh vibrations, just as the energy of All Saints Day alleviates the energy of Halloween, and as these times of temptation occur within our seeking, be not afraid, for we are not alone since standing with us is the entire body of those within the inner planes who vibrate in Love and forgiveness, so we can call upon and feel the force of that support that is unseen, yet it is ever near and ever powerful. On July 13, 1987, Hatonn spoke of those within the inner planes who joined us in love during our wedding ceremony:

Carla: Are you able to bring into mind the golden beings which were around Jim and me at our wedding, and if you are, could you comment on the possibilities in general of accompaniments from the inner planes and/or the outer planes at such metaphysically potent rituals?

I am Hatonn. Each seeker, according to the path which it travels, gathers to it those friends and teachers from the metaphysical realms which are ever present in the life experience. There are moments within the incarnational pattern which offer themselves to rejoicing and celebration and to the further gathering of those friends, both seen and unseen, which lend their very being to the ceremonies and rituals that signify the further enhancing of the potential for serving the Creator and for rejoicing in the creation of the Father. Thus, within your own pattern of experience, you have also called unto yourselves those presences which respond in joy at the call, and lend the brilliance of their being to your joyous celebration.

Theone known as Jesus stood at the pinnacle of the world in His time of temptation. He was offered power, the power to make things right for his people. Who would not want that? His only saving grace was the knowledge that His kingdom was not Earth, and that He had power to save but not in the worldly sense unless He so chose to relinquish His ability to offer spiritual power to those who saw beyond this Earth. Thusly He said, “Get thee behind me.” And He walked down from the hill which overlooked the world into the valley of human-hood, ignorance, illness, anguish and pain. And Te said, “This is my kingdom. Here shall I let the Life and the Love of the one Creator flow through me. Here shall I touch and be touched. Here shall I love and be loved.”

Think you that you are any less than the one known as Jesus? Nay my friends. You are all able to bear the cloak of Christhood; able to let compassion run through you like a golden river; able to open and bloom in the light of infinite Love, not so others may see you, but only to bloom, only to be. In that being lies your greatest gift. In that transparency lies your greatest service. Consequently, let the time flow. It is a river that will bring you storms and easy days. Angry whirlpools and halcyon waves. Trust the boat upon which you sit. It is the boat of your knowledge of yourself. Let that boat take all of the water, all of the moods of the river as they come, and if you do get distracted and find yourself in a whirlpool going around and around, let it exhaust itself in you, and then take out the keel, point it in the direction you choose with all your heart, and begin again. There is never an ending. There is never a true loss. There is only you, your desire, and the road upon which you long ago have set your foot.

Q’uo went on to say Jesus stood at the pinnacle of the world in His time of temptation, and He was offered the power to make things right for his people, and His only saving grace was the knowledge that His kingdom was not Earth, and that He had power to save but not in the worldly sense, so He chose to relinquish His ability to offer spiritual power to those who saw beyond this Earth, so He said, “Get thee behind me,” and He walked down from the hill which overlooked the world into the valley of human beings, ignorance, and pain, and He said, “This is my kingdom. Here shall I let the Life and the Love of the one Creator flow through me. Here shall I touch and be touched. Here shall I Love and be loved.” Q’uo completed their reply by saying that we are no less than Jesus because we are able to bear the cloak of Christhood; able to let compassion run through us like a golden river; able to open and bloom in the Light of infinite Love, but only to bloom and only to be, and in that being lies our greatest gift and our greatest service, so let the time flow since it is a river that will bring us storms and easy days, and trust the boat upon which we sit, the boat of our knowledge of our self, so let that boat take all of the water, all of the moods of the river as they come, and if we do get distracted and find ourself in a whirlpool going around and around, let it exhaust itself in us, and then take out the keel, point it in the direction we choose with all our heart, and begin again because there is never an ending, so there is only our desire, and the road upon which we long ago have set our feet. On June 7, 1990, Meta said that the Light of Infinite Love can provide a protection for us:

Ask the white Light of infinite Love to cover you completely, and in Love ask that it extend around the circle, covering each of your beloved brothers and sisters, growing and eventually becoming bright enough that you almost disappear because of the Light within, around and about the circle as well as upon the surface of your own physical body. You are now in a protected globe of white Light, in a position of sacred trust with those within the circle.

May we ask if there is a follow-up to this query. We are those of Q’uo.

G: Yes, Q’uo, thank you. Briefly, are you suggesting that the darkness or negative polarity within the self, the face of that darkness, is temptation, and that the self encounters that darkness as temptation?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. That is not precisely our suggestion. We are suggesting that it is helpful to view the shadow side of the self as the offerer of temptation. We are not suggesting you separate from the shadow side. We are simply suggesting that rather than separating the light part of the self from the dark part, or the higher desires of the self from the lower desires, it is helpful to see that together these two sides of self create a whole. Together the dynamic between light and dark creates that wonderfully unique entity that you are. In suggesting that you view the desires of the shadow side as distraction and insidious voices, we are attempting to give you a viewpoint which partakes of fearlessness and non-judgment as regards the worth of lower desires, so called. For every shadow energy can, through the application of compassion and unconditional acceptance, be refined to become a wonderful, powerful part of the self which supports the light.

By giving the action of the shadow side that is upon the surface, that comes to you as temptation, the respect of refusing to stop seeing it as temptation, you gradually are able to reach out to the shadow side and ask it for its help. However, in order to leave the surface of the shadow desires, these insidious voices, and to plunge deeply beneath that surface energy which partakes of judgment, you are honoring those energies and asking them to move into a more purified state. It is as if you saw a small child who was acting foolishly and not taking that foolishness lightly and saying, “That’s not a good decision.” Perhaps you might think of it another way. You do not shame the small child. But by being unafraid of the child’s tantrums, by speaking directly to the child through the storms of his emotions, you give the child the opportunity to see another choice, another way.

Then G asked: “Briefly, are you suggesting that the darkness or negative polarity within the self, the face of that darkness, is temptation, and that the self encounters that darkness as temptation?” Q’uo began by saying we are aware of your query, but that is not precisely our suggestion, so we are suggesting that it is helpful to view the shadow side of the self as offering temptations, but we are suggesting that rather than separating the light part of the self from the dark part, it is helpful to see that together these two sides of self create a whole, and together the dynamic between Light and dark creates that unique entity that you are, so in suggesting that you view the desires of the shadow side as insidious voices, we are attempting to give you a viewpoint which partakes of fearlessness and non-judgment as regards the worth of lower desires, for every shadow energy can, through the application of compassion, be refined to become a powerful part of the self which supports the Light. Q’uo went on to say by giving the action of the shadow side that comes to you as temptation, the respect of refusing to stop seeing it as temptation, you are able to reach out to the shadow side and ask it for its help, but in order to leave the surface of the shadow desires and to plunge beneath that surface energy which partakes of judgment, you are honoring those energies and asking them to move into a more purified state and give yourself the opportunity to see another choice. On November 23, 2019, Q’uo spoke of how we can invite our shadow side to help us on our spiritual journey:

Thus, within the meditative state, by inviting these various portions of the shadow side to express themselves to the conscious seeker of truth, this seeker then may discover that within the shadow side there are qualities that are most helpful in the spiritual path. Perhaps there is a toughness, a grittiness that can see one through difficult situations because the shadow side has had to be shunned aside for so long. Perhaps there is a creativity to the shadow side that may aid the spiritual seeker in looking at the daily round of activities and the processing of catalyst of others in a new or novel way that aids the perceptions of the conscious seeker in a manner that allows it to become more and more of the One Infinite Creator, and to see more and more of the One Infinite Creator in those beings around one, in the environment around one, in every portion of the existence that the spiritual seeker of truth is aware of.

May we answer you further, my brother, we are those of Q’uo.

G: I’ll respond with a comment and then not ask a question, because there are other questions. My response is that I understand and feel the benefit of your approach that lifts the seeker’s perspective to a point from which they can see all desires, as you said, as being worthy and valuable. And from that perspective the seeker may respond to such desires with a light heart, with a faithful attitude, with an open heart, and thereby make the best use of the energies that are available.

At the same time, sometimes the way I hear you it sounds as if you try to erase distinction. And I would just say that I believe that being able to differentiate, being able to derive distinctions, being able to identify and call something what it is and know it is also very helpful and goes hand in hand with that perspective which you are trying to relay, which is to greet what you have identified with an open heart. That’s all for me, on to other questions.

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of this entity’s comment, which is insightful. We thank the one known as G for sharing this insight.

May we ask if there is another query at this time. We are those of Q’uo.

Jim: B asks, “When our physical bodies die in third density, approximately how long in time does it take an entity then to incarnate in the fourth density?”

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of the query of the one known as B, to whom we offer greetings. The response to this query cannot be singular, for each entity is unique. If an entity has been able to move through the healing of the incarnation while within physical incarnation, the time of healing which is spent after incarnation and before a decision is made concerning the next step can be quite short, in your measurement of time perhaps a number of weeks. Especially if there is some pressure from within the entity to move forward, this procedure may even be shortened to perhaps one or two months and no more.

Conversely, if during the physical incarnation there has not been a healing of the incarnation, then the time of healing may be quite prolonged, perhaps in your measurement of time many years. It depends on the depth of the distortion complex in which an entity exists at the time of his passing from physical life to larger or metaphysical life. Indeed, there are those who have died without realizing they have entered the gates of larger life, primarily those upon the battlefield, but also those taken in sudden trauma in other ways than war. They spend many, many years, perhaps even centuries of your time, living through mists and confusion until finally there is an awareness of the true state of affairs, which is that they are no longer in a physical body and are no longer living a physical life.

B asked: ““When our physical bodies die in third density, approximately how long in time does it take an entity then to incarnate in the fourth density?” Q’uo began by saying we are those of Q’uo, and are aware of the query of B, to whom we offer greetings, and the response to this query cannot be simple, for each entity is unique, so if an entity has been able to move through the healing of the incarnation while within its incarnation, the time of healing which is spent after incarnation, and before a decision is made concerning the next incarnation, can be a few of weeks, and if there is some pressure from within the entity to move forward, this procedure may even be shortened to perhaps one or two months. Then Q’uo said if, during the incarnation there has not been a healing of the incarnation, then the time of healing may be quite prolonged, perhaps many years because it depends on the depth of the distortion in which an entity exists at the time of its passing from physical life to larger life, and there are those who have died without realizing they have entered the gates of larger life, primarily those upon the battlefield or those taken in sudden trauma in other ways than war, so they spend many years, perhaps even centuries living through confusion until there is an awareness that they are no longer in a physical body and are no longer living a physical life. In 47.13, Ra spoke of how an entity may spend a great deal of time before they realize that their physical body has died:

Questioner: What stimulus would create what we call an Earth-bound spirit or a lingering ghost?

Ra: I am Ra. The stimulus for this is the faculty of the will. If the will of yellow-ray mind/body/spirit is that which is stronger than the progressive impetus of the physical death towards realization of that which comes, that is, if the will is concentrated enough upon the previous experience, the entity’s shell of yellow ray, though no longer activated, cannot either be completely deactivated and, until the will is released, the mind/body/spirit complex is caught. This often occurs, as we see you are aware, in the case of sudden death as well as in the case of extreme concern for a thing or an other-self.

For instance, when the Twin Towers were blasted in your city of New York in your year 2001, there were hundreds of entities who died so quickly that they were not aware of the change in their condition. The natives of that island, being of what you would call the Native American nature, came into the inner planes of that building and built camp fires and drew the groups of people to them by shining that flickering light. And, sitting around the campfire, they told the story of death and rebirth into a new environment. Over a period of time the Manhattan Indians brought to their tribe all those who were confused, and one by one, rendered them able to see their guidance coming for the first time, so that they reentered the stream of evolution and began their time of healing.

You asked how long it takes after awareness has been reached and the healing has ended to enter fourth density. That too is variable. For some it is very quick, for there is the eagerness to get on with the new lessons, the new service, the new learning, the new challenges, and it is a heady thing to be in the fourth-density light in which there is so much more information and so many more options as to what to learn how to serve and so forth. For others, and indeed in the majority of cases in those who are graduating at this time in the harvest of Earth, there is a decision to stay within the inner planes and to help lighten the third-density planetary consciousness, or indeed, in many cases the choice is made to enter into incarnation in the third density world once again, coming this time as fourth-density wanderers, in order to reach out to their brothers and sisters whom they have just left.

Then Q’uo said when the Twin Towers were blasted in New York City in 2001, there were hundreds of entities who died so quickly that they were not aware of the change in their condition, and the natives of that island, being of the Native American nature, came into the inner planes of that building, and built camp fires, and drew the groups of people to them by shining that flickering light, and sitting around the campfire they told the story of death and rebirth into a new environment, so over a period of time the Manhattan Indians brought to their tribe all those who were confused and helped them to be able to see their guidance coming for the first time, so that they reentered the stream of evolution and began their time of healing. Q’uo continued by saying you asked how long it takes after awareness has been reached, and the healing has ended, to enter fourth density, and that is variable, for some it is very quick, for there is the eagerness to get on with the new lessons, and new challenges, and it is a heady thing to be in the fourth-density Light in which there is so much more information and options as to what to learn how to serve, for most those who are graduating at this time in the harvest of Earth: “there is a decision to stay within the inner planes and to help lighten the third-density planetary consciousness, or indeed, in many cases the choice is made to enter into incarnation in the third density world once again, coming this time as fourth-density wanderers, in order to reach out to their brothers and sisters whom they have just left.” On December 25, 2010, Q’uo spoke of the nature of fourth-density Light:

My sister, the weariness which spiritual seekers feel at this time is indeed an artifact of the changing energy at the waning of Light in third density and the dawning of Light in fourth density. Fourth-density light more and more interpenetrates third-density Light and, as we said in response to an earlier query, this Light is loaded with information. It is the Light of Love and understanding and the burden of information that it carries is heavy. It carries more truth than third-density Light. It carries more truth than third density can use comfortably. This means that those who are already awake and already seeking are now seeking under more of a strain than they might have, say, thirty or forty years ago even, and certainly more than one hundred or two hundred years ago.

These entities are those you call the indigo children or the crystal children, and their presence with their double-activated bodies is very helpful. For within incarnation these entities have a thinner veil because of the double activation and therefore are able to be lighthouses and allow the light of the infinite Creator to flow through them with much less resistance than those with third-density wiring only. It is to be remembered, my brother, that once you have left the river of time and entered larger life, time is completely irrelevant to you. Your concern then is to fulfill patterns, to come into balance, and when balance has been achieved, to poise the self, tune the self, and turn the self to the next choice of paths, the next incarnation or the next non-incarnational term of service within the inner planes. You shall truly not have to be concerned with time when your time in third density is over.

It is a blessing to be in the river of time and to have these choices to make while the veil is thick and opaque. Much can be done in that atmosphere that cannot be done when there is no veil. For when there is an opaque and thick veil it is faith that can move the point of balance within your personality in a deeper sense, in a much more powerful fashion than can be achieved when faith is no longer necessary, for you see all and know the truth for sure.

Q’uo continued by saying these entities are called the Indigo children or the Crystal children, and their presence with their double-activated bodies is very helpful, for within incarnation  they have a thinner veil because of the double activation, and are able to be lighthouses and allow the Light of the infinite Creator to flow through them with much less resistance than those with third-density wiring only, so it is to be remembered that once you have entered larger life, time is completely irrelevant to you, and your concern is to come into balance, and when balance has been achieved, to tune the self, and turn the self to the next choice of paths, the next incarnation, or the next non-incarnational term of service within the inner planes, and you shall not have to be concerned with time when your time in third density is over. Then Q’uo said it is a blessing to be in the river of time and to have these choices to make while the veil is thick, and much can be done in that atmosphere that cannot be done when there is no veil, for when there is a thick veil it is faith that can move the point of balance within your personality in a deeper sense, in a more powerful fashion than can be achieved when faith is no longer necessary, for you see all and know the truth for sure. On December 31, 1989, Q’uo described the river of time:

Each of you, as individualized portions of the one Creator, partake in this process by particularizing what is simultaneous, taking a small portion of what you would call the river of time from the ocean of eternity, and viewing that river of time as if under the microscope, looking at what seems to come before that which follows, creating the past, the present, and the future, in order that that which is and that is unity in many portions might be experienced in a more intense, varied, and purified fashion. That small sliver, then, of experience that is chosen for each incarnation has working upon it your free will choice, so that that which is eternal becomes magnified and particularized enough that it may be examined carefully within an incarnation, be worked upon by free will, be refined in this process and be purified as an expression of Beingness, of the identity of the one Creator within yourself.

Thus, you enter into this entire process in order that you might pick a portion of that which is yourself and, by working upon it intensively, cause it to become as vivid as possible that it might become an adornment, an honestation for the one Creator. Thus, you refine as one who takes the raw ore from the mountainside and removes from it by this process of particularization that which is gold so that the product of this process, then, is bright, brilliant and shining and is purified in its nature in a manner which would not have been possible were not you to have chosen to expend your consciousness and your effort upon it.

We thank the one known as B for this query. May we ask if there is a final query at this time.

D:Yes, I have one. Is the planetary system of healing called Reiki the same as what Ra termed the sending of love/light?

We are those of Q’uo, and are aware of your query, my brother. The description which those of Ra offered in conversations with the one known as Don of healing and the theory of Reiki are indeed congruent, my brother. While the teaching of Reiki does not involve precisely the same way of describing the gateway of intelligent infinity and the allowing and desiring of energy through the gateway into the green-ray chakra and then out through the hands and so fourth, yet still the activity which both suggest is congruent.

May we answer you further, my brother? We are those of Q’uo.

D: That’s great! Thank you.

We thank you, my brother. May we say what a privilege it has been to share our meditation with you. We thank each of you for your courage and your beauty, and we leave this instrument and this group rejoicing in the power and the peace, the love and the light of the one infinite Creator. We are known to you as the principle of Q’uo. Adonai, my friends. Adonai vasu borragus.

This morning I went outside and weeded the Yellow Creeping Jenny garden in the back yard by hand since recent rains have soaked the ground which makes it possible to pull weeds out roots and all. Then I went towards the corner of the back yard and weeded about ten small Hosta leaves. Then I weeded the Spotted Ivy out of the Italia Indica plant next to the Hosta.

This afternoon I went outside and used my big mower, Venus, to mow the grass in my side and back yards. There are still Buttercups growing in the front yard, so I will use my trimmer to trim the grass from between the Buttercups.

From Book of Days, channeled by Carla L. Rueckert:

May 7

Rise And Be Free

I am the spirit of the full consciousness of Love. I greet you in the love of Christ.

Within the mind does each pilgrim bow before the Spirit and fall to the knees upon the dusty floor of human suffering.

Yet to the Spirit all things are Light and Love and the holy flame of the principle of Jesus the Christ reaches out to sin and suffering with hand and arm, saying, “Arise! Come and do the work of the Spirit, not the work of the bondservant.” My children, rise and be free, for that Spirit which is Love utterly commits and utterly frees the answering Spirit of the pilgrim. Answer and be made whole, that the Light may shine in and through you and that you may, by your Light, lift others from the threshing floor of error.

We leave you in the transfiguring peace of the Love of Christ, now and forever. Amen.

I said the prayer at the Gaia Meditation tonight:

We come in the name of love and open our hearts, minds, and souls to send love, light, and healing energy to Mother Earth as she brings forth a new Earth in the fourth density. We ask that the infinite love, light, and healing energy of the One Infinite Creator heal the hearts of all souls in pain on Earth tonight. May all souls on Earth feel our love, light, and healing energy in their hearts, their minds, and their souls. Amen.